UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
þþ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
¨¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended: April 30, 2014
Or
For the transition period from __________ to __________
ASPEN GROUP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or Organization)
333-165685
(Commission
File Number)
27-1933597
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
720 South Colorado Boulevard, Suite 1150N, Denver, CO 80246
(Address of Principal Executive Office) (Zip Code)
(303) 333-4224
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Common Stock, par value $0.001
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. ¨ Yes þ No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. ¨ Yes þ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. þ Yes ¨ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data
File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232-405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months
(or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files.) þ Yes ¨ No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained
herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference
in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting
company.
Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated file o Smaller reporting company þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). ¨ Yes þ No
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the closing price as
of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was approximately $11 million ($0.225 price).
The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of July 28, 2014 was 75,113,869 shares.
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
Business.
Risk Factors.
Unresolved Staff Comments.
Properties.
Legal Proceedings.
Mine Safety Disclosures.
INDEX
PART I
PART II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Selected Financial Data.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
Controls and Procedures.
Other Information.
PART III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
Executive Compensation.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services.
Item 15.
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.
PART IV
1
18
34
34
35
36
37
37
38
47
47
47
47
48
49
49
49
49
49
50
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.
PART I
Aspen Group, Inc., or Aspen Group, owns 100% of Aspen University Inc., a Delaware corporation, or Aspen. All references to “we,” “our”
and “us” refer to Aspen Group, unless the context otherwise indicates. In referring to academic matters, these words refer solely to Aspen
University Inc. On March 13, 2012, Aspen Group acquired Aspen in a transaction we refer to as the Reverse Merger.
Change in Fiscal Year
On April 25, 2013, Aspen Group changed its fiscal year to end each year on April 30th.
Description of Business
Aspen is dedicated to offering any motivated college-worthy student the opportunity to receive a high quality, responsibly priced distance-
learning education for the purpose of achieving sustainable economic and social benefits for themselves and their families. Aspen is dedicated
to providing the highest quality education experiences taught by top-tier professors - 61% of our adjunct professors hold doctorate degrees.
Because we believe higher education should be a catalyst to our students’ long-term economic success, we exert financial prudence by offering
affordable tuition that is one of the greatest values in online higher education. On March 20, 2014, Aspen University unveiled a monthly
payment plan aimed at reversing the college-debt sentence plaguing working-class Americans. The monthly payment plan offers bachelor
students the opportunity to pay $250/month for 60 months ($15,000) and master/doctoral students the opportunity to pay $325/month for 36
months ($11,700), thereby giving students the ability to earn a degree debt free. In the four months since the announcement, already 24% of
courses are now paid through monthly payment methods.
One of the key differences between Aspen and other publicly-traded, exclusively online, for-profit universities is an emphasis on post-
graduate degree programs (master or doctorate). As of April 30, 2014, 2,485 students were enrolled as full-time degree-seeking students with
2,162 of those students or 87% in a master or doctoral graduate degree program. In addition, 1,087 students were engaged in part-time
programs, such as continuing education courses and certificate level programs (includes 506 part-time undergraduate military students).
Today, Aspen offers certificate programs and associate, bachelor, master and doctoral degree programs in a broad range of areas, including
business, education, nursing, information technology, and general studies. In terms of enrollments, our most popular school is now our
School of Nursing. Aspen’s School of Nursing has grown from 5% of our full-time, degree-seeking student body at year-end 2011, to 33%
of our full-time, degree-seeking student body at April 30, 2014. Aspen’s School of Nursing grew from 376 to 828 students during fiscal year
2014, which represented 74% of Aspen’s fiscal year 2014 full-time degree-seeking student body growth.
We are accredited by the Distance Education and Training Council or DETC. Aspen first received DETC accreditation in 1993 and most
recently received re-accreditation in January 2009. Aspen is scheduled for re-accreditation review in January 2015.
Beginning in 2009, and following Aspen’s change of control in 2012, we have been provisionally certified to participate in the Title IV Higher
Education Act, or HEA, programs. On January 30, 2014, the DOE notified us that we had the choice of posting a letter of credit for 25% of
all Title IV funds and remain provisionally certified or post a 50% letter of credit and become permanently certified. We elected to post a 25%
letter of credit and remain provisionally certified – increasing our letter of credit in April 2014 to $848,225.
In 2008, Aspen received accreditation of its Master of Science in Nursing Program with the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education, or
the Nursing Commission. Officially recognized by the DOE, the Nursing Commission is a nongovernmental accrediting agency, which
ensures the quality and integrity of education programs in preparing effective nurses. Aspen’s Master of Science in Nursing program most
recently underwent accreditation review by the Nursing Commission in March 2011. At that time, the program’s accreditation was reaffirmed,
with the accreditation term to expire December 30, 2021. We currently offer a variety of nursing degrees including: Master of Science in
Nursing, Master of Science in Nursing - Nursing Education, Master of Science in Nursing – Nursing Administration and Management and
Bachelor of Science in Nursing.
1
Aspen University announced in May, 2014 that the accreditation review by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) for its
RN-to-BSN program has been completed. Aspen's RN-to-BSN program is currently in "applicant status," and Aspen expects to announce the
CCNE's accreditation decision this fall.
Aspen is a Global Charter Education Provider for the Project Management Institute, or PMI, and a Registered Education Provider (R.E.P.) of
the PMI. The PMI recognizes select Aspen Project Management Courses as Professional Development Units. These courses help prepare
individuals to sit for the Project Management Professional, or PMP, certification examination. PMP certification is the project management
profession’s most recognized and respected certification credential. Project management professionals may take the PMI approved Aspen
courses to fulfill continuing education requirements for maintaining their PMP certification.
In connection with our Bachelor and Master degrees in Psychology of Addiction and Counseling, the National Association of Alcoholism and
Drug Abuse Counselors, or NAADAC, has approved Aspen as an “academic education provider.” NAADAC-approved education providers
offer training and education for those who are seeking to become certified, and those who want to maintain their certification, as alcohol and
drug counselors. In connection with the approval process, NAADAC reviews all educational training programs for content applicability to
state and national certification standards.
Competitive Strengths - We believe that we have the following competitive strengths:
Exclusively Online Education - We have designed our courses and programs specifically for online delivery, and we recruit and train faculty
exclusively for online instruction. We provide students the flexibility to study and interact at times that suit their schedules. We design our
online sessions and materials to be interactive, dynamic and user friendly.
Debt Minimization - We are committed to offering among the lowest tuition rates in the sector, which to date has alleviated the need for a
significant majority of our students to borrow money to fund Aspen’s tuition requirements. In March 2014, we lowered our course-by-course
tuition rates to $125/credit hour for all degree-seeking undergraduate programs and $325/credit hour for graduate programs. These tuition rates
are designed to allow students to pay their tuition through monthly payment plans, thereby having the opportunity to earn their degree debt
free.
Commitment to Academic Excellence - We are committed to continuously improving our academic programs and services, as evidenced by
the level of attention and resources we apply to instruction and educational support. We are committed to achieving high course completion
and graduation rates compared to competitive distance learning, for-profit schools. 61% of our adjunct faculty members hold a doctorate
degree. One-on-one contact with our highly experienced faculty brings knowledge and great perspective to the learning experience. Faculty
members are available by telephone and email to answer questions, discuss assignments and provide help and encouragement to our students.
Highly Scalable and Profitable Business Model - We believe our exclusively online education model, our relatively low student acquisition
costs, and our variable faculty cost model will enable us to expand our operating margins. If we increase student enrollments we will be able to
scale on a variable basis the number of adjunct faculty members after we reach certain enrollment metrics (not before). A single adjunct faculty
member can work with as little as two students or as many as 25 over the course of an enrollment period.
“One Student at a Time” personal care - We are committed to providing our students with fast and personal individualized support. Every
student is assigned an academic advisor who becomes an advocate for the student’s success. Our one-on-one approach assures contact with
faculty members when a student needs it and monitoring to keep them on course. Our administrative staff is readily available to answer any
questions and works with a student from initial interest through the application process and enrollment, and most importantly while the student
is pursuing a degree or studies.
2
Admissions
In considering candidates for acceptance into any of our certificate or degree programs, we look for those who are serious about pursuing – or
advancing in – a professional career, and who want to be both prepared and academically challenged in the process. We strive to maintain the
highest standards of academic excellence, while maintaining a friendly learning environment designed for educational, personal and
professional success. A desire to meet those standards is a prerequisite. Because our programs are designed for self-directed learners who
know how to manage their time, successful students have a basic understanding of management principles and practices, as well as good
writing and research skills. Admission to Aspen is based on thorough assessment of each applicant’s potential to complete successfully the
program. Additionally, we require students to complete an essay as part of their admission process – as we are looking for students not only
with the potential to succeed but also with the motivation to succeed.
Industry Overview
The U.S. market for postsecondary education is a large, growing market. According to a 2012 publication by the National Center for
Education Statistics, or NCES, the number of postsecondary learners enrolled as of Fall 2010 in U.S. institutions that participate in Title IV
programs was approximately 21 million (including both undergraduate and graduate students), up from 18.2 million in the Fall of 2007. We
believe the growth in postsecondary enrollment is a result of a number of factors, including the significant and measurable personal income
premium that is attributable to postsecondary education, and an increase in demand by employers for professional and skilled workers,
partially offset in the near term by current economic conditions. According to the NCES, in 2010, the median earnings of young adults with a
bachelor’s degree was $45,000 compared to $37,000 for those with an associate’s degree and $21,000 for those with a high school diploma.
Eduventures, Inc., an education consulting and research firm, estimates that 20% of all postsecondary students will be in fully-online programs
by 2014, with perhaps another 20% taking courses online. The estimated increase in students online increased 18% in 2010. We believe that
the higher growth in demand for fully-online education is largely attributable to the flexibility and convenience of this instructional format, as
well as the growing recognition of its educational efficacy.
Competition
There are more than 4,200 U.S. colleges and universities serving traditional college age students and adult students. Any reference to
universities herein also includes colleges. Competition is highly fragmented and varies by geography, program offerings, delivery method,
ownership, quality level, and selectivity of admissions. No one institution has a significant share of the total postsecondary market. While we
compete in a sense with traditional “brick and mortar” universities, our primary competitors are with online universities. Our online university
competitors that are publicly traded include: Apollo Group, Inc. (Nasdaq: APOL), American Public Education, Inc. (Nasdaq: APEI), DeVry
Inc. (NYSE: DV), Grand Canyon Education, Inc. (Nasdaq: LOPE), ITT Educational Services, Inc. (NYSE: ESI), Capella Education
Company (Nasdaq: CPLA), Career Education Corporation (Nasdaq: CECO) and Bridgepoint Education, Inc. (NYSE: BPI). American Public
Education, Inc. and Capella Education Company are wholly online while the others are not. Based upon public information, Apollo Group,
which includes University of Phoenix, is the market leader with University of Phoenix having degree enrollments exceeding 241,900 students
(based upon APOL’s Form 10-Q filed on May 31, 2014). As of April 30, 2014, Aspen had 3,572 students enrolled. These competitors have
substantially more financial and other resources.
The primary mission of most accredited four-year universities is to serve generally full-time students and conduct research. Aspen
acknowledges the differences in the educational needs between working and full-time students at “brick and mortar” schools and provides
programs and services that allow our students to earn their degrees without major disruption to their personal and professional lives.
We also compete with public and private degree-granting regionally and nationally accredited universities. An increasing number of
universities enroll working students in addition to the traditional 18 to 24 year-old students, and we expect that these universities will continue
to modify their existing programs to serve working learners more effectively, including by offering more distance learning programs. We
believe that the primary factors on which we compete are the following:
●
●
●
●
●
active and relevant curriculum development that considers the needs of employers;
the ability to provide flexible and convenient access to programs and classes;
high-quality courses and services;
comprehensive student support services;
breadth of programs offered;
3
●
the time necessary to earn a degree;
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
the time necessary to earn a degree;
qualified and experienced faculty;
reputation of the institution and its programs;
the variety of geographic locations of campuses;
regulatory approvals;
cost of the program;
name recognition; and
convenience.
Curricula
Certificates
Certificate in Information Technology with specializations in:
Information Systems Management
Java Development
Object Oriented Application Development
Web Development
Certificate in Project Management
Associates Degrees
Associate of General Studies
Associate of Applied Science Early Childhood Education
Bachelor’s Degrees
Bachelor of General Studies
Bachelor of Arts in Psychology and Addiction Counseling
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration, (Completion Program)
Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice
Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice, (Completion Program)
Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice with specializations in
Criminal Justice Administration
Major Crime Investigation Procedure
Major Crime Investigation Procedure, (Completion Program)
Bachelor of Science in Early Childhood Education
Bachelor of Science in Early Childhood Education, (Completion Program)
Bachelor of Science in Early Childhood Education with a specialization in
Infants and Toddlers
Infants and Toddlers, (Completion Program)
Preschool
Preschool, (Completion Program)
Bachelor of Science in Medical Management
Bachelor of Science in Nursing
Master’s Degrees
Master of Arts Psychology and Addiction Counseling
Master of Science in Criminal Justice
Master of Science in Criminal Justice with a specialization in
Forensic Sciences
Law Enforcement Management
Terrorism and Homeland Security
Master of Science in Information Management with a specialization in
Management
Project Management
Technologies
4
Master of Science in Information Systems with a specialization in
Enterprise Application Development
Web Development
Master of Science in Information Technology
Master of Science in Nursing with a specialization in
Administration and Management
Administration and Management, (RN to MSN Bridge Program)
Nursing Education
Nursing Education, (RN to MSN Bridge Program)
Master of Science in Physical Education and Sports Management
Master of Science in Technology and Innovation with a specialization in
Business Intelligence and Data Management
Electronic Security
Project Management
Systems Design
Technical Languages
Vendor and Change Control Management
Master in Business Administration
Master in Business Administration with specializations in
Entrepreneurship
Finance
Information Management
Pharmaceutical Marketing and Management
Project Management
Master in Education
Curriculum Development and Outcomes Assessment
Education Technology
Transformational Leadership
Doctorates
Doctorate of Science in Computer Science
Doctorate in Education Leadership and Learning
Doctorate in Education Leadership and Learning with specializations
Education Administration
Faculty Leadership
Instructional Design
Leadership and Learning
Independent online classes start on alternating Tuesday’s every month.
Sales and Marketing
Prior to Mr. Michael Mathews becoming Aspen’s Chief Executive Officer in May 2011, Aspen had conducted minimal efforts and spent
immaterial sums on sales and marketing. During the second half of 2011, Mr. Mathews and his team made significant changes to our sales
and marketing program and spent a significant amount of time, money and resources on our marketing program.
What is unique about Aspen’s marketing program is that we have no plans in the near future to utilize third-party online lead generation
companies to attract prospective students. To our knowledge, most if not all for-profit online universities utilize multiple third-party online lead
generation companies to obtain a meaningful percentage of their prospective student leads. Aspen’s executive officers have many years of
expertise in the online lead generation and Internet advertising industry, which for the foreseeable future will allow Aspen to cost-effectively
drive all prospective student leads internally. This is a competitive advantage for Aspen because third-party leads are typically unbranded and
non-exclusive (lead generation firms typically sell prospective student leads to multiple universities), therefore the conversion rate for those
leads tends to be appreciably lower than internally generated, Aspen branded, proprietary leads.
5
Aspen’s marketing plan for 2014 is consistent with the changes made in 2012 and 2013. In January 2012, Aspen hired an Executive Vice
President of Marketing, who supervises a call center in the Phoenix-metro area which opened in August 2012. This executive has prior
experience in marketing with multiple online university competitors and, more recently, an online lead generation company.
Aspen announced in July, 2014, that its cost per enrollment declined year-over-year by 36% in fiscal year 2014 fourth quarter to a record
$705, due to increases in student enrollments, lower marketing spend and rising conversion rates.
From 2005 through July 2011, prior to Michael Mathews becoming Aspen’s CEO, Aspen initiated a number of pre-payment/low per course
tuition plans. Together we refer to these plans as the Legacy Tuition Plan. The last Legacy Tuition Plan that ran from June 2010 through July
2011 charged students tuition of only $3,600 for the entire 12-course Master or Doctorate program (the pre-payment option offered the
student the ability to pre-pay $2,700 for the first four courses or 12 credit hours, followed by $112.50 per course or $37.50/credit hour for the
remaining eight courses). This program was terminated as of July 15, 2011. At April 30, 2014, 19% of our class starts were from students on
the Legacy Tuition Plan. However, those Legacy Tuition Plan students only represented approximately 5% of Aspen’s full-time degree-
seeking revenues for the fiscal period ended April 30, 2014. During fiscal year 2015, the number of old-prepay students will cease to be
material.
Employees
As of July 28, 2014, we had 35 full-time employees, and 65 adjunct professors. None of our employees are parties to any collective
bargaining arrangement. We believe our relationships with our employees are good.
Corporate History
Aspen Group was incorporated on February 23, 2010 in Florida as a home improvement company intending to develop products and sell
them on a wholesale basis to home improvement retailers. Aspen Group was unable to execute its business plan. In June 2011, Aspen Group
changed its name to Elite Nutritional Brands, Inc. and terminated all operations. In February 2012, Aspen Group reincorporated in Delaware
under the name Aspen Group, Inc.
Aspen was incorporated on September 30, 2004 in Delaware. Its predecessor was a Delaware limited liability company organized in Delaware
in 1999. In May 2011, Aspen merged with Education Growth Corporation, or EGC. Aspen survived the EGC merger. EGC was a start-up
company controlled by Mr. Michael Mathews. Mr. Mathews became Aspen’s Chief Executive Officer upon closing the EGC merger. On
March 13, 2012, Aspen Group acquired Aspen in the Reverse Merger.
Regulation
Students attending Aspen finance their education through a combination of individual resources, corporate reimbursement programs and
federal financial aid programs. The discussion which follows outlines the extensive regulations that affect our business. Complying with these
regulations entails significant effort from our executives and other employees. Our President has two unique roles: overseeing our
accreditation and regulatory compliance and seeking to improve our academic performance. Accreditation and regulatory compliance is also
expensive. Beyond the internal costs, we began using education regulatory counsel in the summer of 2011, as our current Chief Executive
Officer focused his attention on compliance. Aspen participates in the federal student financial aid programs authorized under Title IV. For the
year ended December 31, 2013, approximately 26% of our cash-basis revenues for eligible tuition and fees were derived from Title IV
programs. In connection with a student’s receipt of Title IV aid, we are subject to extensive regulation by the DOE, state education agencies
and the DETC. In particular, the Title IV programs, and the regulations issued thereunder by the DOE, subject us to significant regulatory
scrutiny in the form of numerous standards that we must satisfy. To participate in Title IV programs, a school must, among other things, be:
●
●
●
authorized to offer its programs of instruction by the applicable state education agencies in the states in which it is physically located
(in our case, Colorado);
accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the Secretary of the DOE; and
certified as an eligible institution by the DOE.
6
The DOE enacted regulations relating to the Title IV programs which became effective July 1, 2011. Under these new regulations, an
institution, like ours, that offers postsecondary education through distance education to students in a state in which the institution is not
physically located or in which it is otherwise subject to state jurisdiction as determined by that state, must meet any state requirements to offer
legally postsecondary education to students in that state. The institution must be able to document state approval for distance education if
requested by the DOE.
This new regulation has been recognized as a significant departure from the state authorization procedures followed by most, if not all,
institutions before its enactment. Although these new rules became effective July 1, 2011, the DOE indicated in an April 20, 2011 guidance
letter that it would not initiate any action to establish repayment liabilities or limit student eligibility for distance education activities undertaken
before July 1, 2014, provided the institution was making a good faith effort to identify and obtain necessary state authorization before that
date. However, on July 12, 2011, a federal judge for the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia vacated the portion of the DOE’s
state authorization regulation that requires online education providers to obtain any required authorization from all states in which their
students reside, finding that the DOE had failed to provide sufficient notice and opportunity to comment on the requirement. An appellate court
affirmed that ruling on June 5, 2012 and therefore this new regulation is currently invalid. On April 16, 2013, the DOE announced its
intention to revisit the state authorization requirements for postsecondary distance education in a new negotiated rulemaking process which
began in the fall of 2013. However, the rulemaking process failed to reach consensus on the rule. As a result, the DOE will propose a new
rule for adoption that will address licensing requirements for distance education.
Should the requirements be enforced at a later date, and if we fail to obtain required state authorization to provide postsecondary distance
education in a specific state, we could lose our ability to award Title IV aid to students within that state. In addition, a state may impose
penalties on an institution for failure to comply with state requirements related to an institution’s activities in a state, including the delivery of
distance education to persons in that state.
Therefore, we are taking steps to ensure compliance in time for the earlier-effective July 1, 2015 enforcement date as recommended for all
schools facing this new (but currently invalid) regulation. We enroll students in all 50 states, as well as the District of Columbia and Puerto
Rico. We have sought and received confirmation that our operations do not require state licensure or authorization, or we have been notified
that we are exempt from licensure or authorization requirements, in three states. We, through our legal counsel, are researching the licensure
requirements and exemption possibilities in the remaining 47 states. It is anticipated that Aspen will be in compliance with all state licensure
requirements by July 1, 2015, in time for the earlier-effective compliance date set by the DOE. Because we enroll students in all 50 states, as
well as the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico, we may have to seek licensure or authorization in additional states in the future.
We are subject to extensive regulations by the states in which we become authorized or licensed to operate. State laws typically establish
standards for instruction, qualifications of faculty, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations and other operational
matters. State laws and regulations may limit our ability to offer educational programs and to award degrees. Some states may also prescribe
financial regulations that are different from those of the DOE. If we fail to comply with state licensing requirements, we may lose our state
licensure or authorizations. Failure to comply with state requirements could result in Aspen losing its authorization from the Colorado
Commission on Higher Education, a department of the Colorado Department of Higher Education, or CDHE, its eligibility to participate in
Title IV programs, or its ability to offer certain programs, any of which may force us to cease operations.
Additionally, Aspen is a Delaware corporation. Delaware law requires an institution to obtain approval from the Delaware Department of
Education, or Delaware DOE, before it may incorporate with the power to confer degrees. In July 2012, Aspen received notice from the
Delaware DOE that it is granted provisional approval status effective until June 30, 2015.
Accreditation
Aspen is accredited by the DETC, an accrediting agency recognized by the DOE. Accreditation is a non-governmental system for recognizing
educational institutions and their programs for student performance, governance, integrity, educational quality, faculty, physical resources,
administrative capability and resources, and financial stability. In the U.S., this recognition comes primarily through private voluntary
associations that accredit institutions and programs. To be recognized by the DOE, accrediting agencies must adopt specific standards for their
review of educational institutions. Accrediting agencies establish criteria for accreditation, conduct peer-review evaluations of institutions and
programs for accreditation, and publicly designate those institutions or programs that meet their criteria. Accredited institutions are subject to
periodic review by accrediting agencies to determine whether such institutions maintain the performance, integrity and quality required for
accreditation.
7
Accreditation by the DETC is important. Accreditation is a reliable indicator of an institution’s quality and is an expression of peer institution
confidence. Universities depend, in part, on accreditation in evaluating transfers of credit and applications to graduate schools. Accreditation
also provides external recognition and status. Employers rely on the accredited status of institutions when evaluating an employment
candidate’s credentials. Corporate and government sponsors under tuition reimbursement programs look to accreditation for assurance that an
institution maintains quality educational standards. Moreover, institutional accreditation awarded from an accrediting agency recognized by the
DOE is necessary for eligibility to participate in Title IV programs. From time to time, DETC adopts or makes changes to its policies,
procedures and standards. If we fail to comply with any of DETC’s requirements, our accreditation status and, therefore, our eligibility to
participate in Title IV programs could be at risk. In 2012, the National Advisory Committee on Institutional Quality and Integrity (the panel
charged with advising DOE on whether to recognize accrediting agencies for federal purposes, including Title IV program purposes)
recommend that DETC receive recognition through 2017. Aspen is next scheduled for re-accreditation review by DETC in January 2015.
Nature of Federal, State and Private Financial Support for Postsecondary Education
An institution that applies to participate in Title IV programs for the first time, if approved, will be provisionally certified for no more than one
complete award year. Furthermore, an institution that undergoes a change in ownership resulting in a change of control must apply to the DOE
in order to reestablish its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs. If the DOE determines to approve the application, it issues a provisional
certification, which extends for a period expiring not later than the end of the third complete award year following the date of the provisional
certification. A provisionally certified institution, such as Aspen, must apply for and receive DOE approval of substantial changes and must
comply with any additional conditions included in its program participation agreement. If the DOE determines that a provisionally certified
institution is unable to meet its responsibilities under its program participation agreement, the DOE may seek to revoke the institution's
certification to participate in Title IV programs with fewer due process protections for the institution than if it were fully certified.
The federal government provides a substantial part of its support for postsecondary education through the Title IV programs, in the form of
grants and loans to students. Students can use those funds at any institution that has been certified by the DOE to participate in the Title IV
programs. Aid under Title IV programs is primarily awarded on the basis of financial need, generally defined as the difference between the
cost of attending the institution and the amount a student can reasonably contribute to that cost. All recipients of Title IV program funds must
maintain satisfactory academic progress and must progress in a timely manner toward completion of their program of study. In addition, each
school must ensure that Title IV program funds are properly accounted for and disbursed in the correct amounts to eligible students.
Aspen’s mission is to offer students the opportunity to fund their education without relying on student loans. Effective March 20, 2014,
Aspen launched a $325 monthly payment plan for graduate students and $250 monthly payment plan for bachelor students. In the month of
June 2014, 24% of class starts were paid through monthly payment methods.
When our students borrow from the federal government, they receive loans and grants to fund their education under the following Title IV
programs: (1) the Federal Direct Loan program, or Direct Loan and (2) the Federal Pell Grant program, or Pell.
Currently, the majority of Aspen students self-finance all or a portion of their education. Additionally, students may receive full or partial
tuition reimbursement from their employers. Eligible students can also access private loans through a number of different lenders for funding
at current market interest rates.
Under the Direct Loan program, the DOE makes loans directly to students. The Direct Loan Program includes the Direct Subsidized Loan, the
Direct Unsubsidized Loan, the Direct PLUS Loan (including loans to graduate and professional students), and the Direct Consolidation Loan.
The Budget Control Act of 2011 signed into law in August 2011, eliminated Direct Subsidized Loans for graduate and professional students,
as of July 1, 2012. The terms and conditions of subsidized loans originated prior to July 1, 2012 are unaffected by the law.
For Pell grants, the DOE makes grants to undergraduate students who demonstrate financial need. To date, few Aspen students have received
Pell Grants. Accordingly, the Pell Grant program currently is not material to Aspen’s cash revenues.
8
Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs
The substantial amount of federal funds disbursed through Title IV programs, the large number of students and institutions participating in
these programs, and allegations of fraud and abuse by certain for-profit institutions have prompted the DOE to exercise considerable
regulatory oversight over for-profit institutions of higher learning. Accrediting agencies and state education agencies also have responsibilities
for overseeing compliance of institutions in connection with Title IV program requirements. As a result, our institution is subject to extensive
oversight and review. Because the DOE periodically revises its regulations and changes its interpretations of existing laws and regulations, we
cannot predict with certainty how the Title IV program requirements will be applied in all circumstances. See the “Risk Factors” contained
herein which disclose comprehensive regulatory risks.
In addition to the state authorization requirements and other regulatory requirements described herein, other significant factors relating to Title
IV programs that could adversely affect us include the following legislative action and regulatory changes:
Congress reauthorizes the Higher Education Act approximately every five to eight years. Congress most recently reauthorized the Higher
Education Act in August 2008. We cannot predict with certainty whether or when Congress might act to amend further the Higher Education
Act. The elimination of additional Title IV programs, material changes in the requirements for participation in such programs, or the
substitution of materially different programs could increase our costs of compliance and could reduce the ability of certain students to finance
their education at our institution.
On December 23, 2011, President Obama signed into law the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2012, or the Act. The law includes a
number of provisions that significantly affect the Title IV programs. For example, it reduces the income threshold at which students are
assigned “an automatic zero expected family contribution” for purposes of awarding financial aid for the 2012-2013 award year. Under the
Act, students who do not have a high school diploma or a recognized equivalent (e.g., GED) or do not meet an applicable home school
requirement and who first enroll in a program of study on or after July 1, 2012 will not be eligible to receive Title IV aid. The Act also makes
certain changes to the Pell Grant Program and temporarily eliminates the interest subsidy that is provided for Direct Subsidized Loans during
the six-month grace period immediately following termination of enrollment.
Over the last several years, Congressional committees have held hearings related to for-profit postsecondary education institutions.
Additionally, the chairmen of the House and Senate education committees, along with other members of Congress, asked the GAO, to review
various aspects of the for-profit education sector, including recruitment practices, educational quality, student outcomes, the sufficiency of
integrity safeguards against waste, fraud and abuse in Title IV programs, and the degree to which for-profit schools’ revenue is comprised of
Title IV and other federal funding sources. In 2010, the GAO released a report based on a three-month undercover investigation of recruiting
practices at for-profit schools. The report concluded that employees at a non-random sample of 15 for-profit schools (which did not include
Aspen) made deceptive statements to students about accreditation, graduation rates, job placement, program costs, or financial aid. On October
31, 2011, the GAO released a second report following an additional undercover investigation related to enrollment, cost, financial aid, course
structure, substandard student performance, withdrawal, and exit counseling. The report concluded that while some of the 15 unidentified for-
profit schools investigated appeared to follow existing policies, others did not. Although the report identified a number of deficiencies in
specific instances, it made no recommendations. On December 7, 2011, the GAO released a report that attempted to compare the quality of
education provided by for-profit, nonprofit, and public institutions based upon multiple outcome measures including graduation rates, pass
rates on licensing exams, employment outcomes, and student loan default rates. The report found that students at for-profit institutions had
higher graduation rates for certificate programs, similar graduation rates for associate’s degree programs, and lower graduation rates for
bachelor’s degree programs than students at nonprofit and public institutions. It also found that a higher proportion of bachelor’s degree
recipients from for-profit institutions took out loans than did degree recipients from other institutions and that some evidence exists that
students at for-profits institutions default on their student loans at higher rates. On nine of the ten licensing exams reviewed, graduates of for-
profit institutions had lower pass rates than students from nonprofit and public institutions.
The DOE currently is in the process of developing proposed regulations to amend regulations pertinent to the Title IV loan programs and
teacher education. We are unable to predict the timing or the proposed or final form of any regulations that the DOE ultimately may adopt and
the impact of such regulations on our business.
Administrative Capability. DOE regulations specify extensive criteria by which an institution must establish that it has the requisite
“administrative capability” to participate in Title IV programs. Failure to satisfy any of the standards may lead the DOE to find the institution
ineligible to participate in Title IV programs or to place the institution on provisional certification as a condition of its participation. To meet the
administrative capability standards, an institution must, among other things:
●
comply with all applicable Title IV program regulations;
9
●
have capable and sufficient personnel to administer the federal student financial aid programs;
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
have capable and sufficient personnel to administer the federal student financial aid programs;
have acceptable methods of defining and measuring the satisfactory academic progress of its students;
have cohort default rates above specified levels;
have various procedures in place for safeguarding federal funds;
not be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred or suspended from federal contracting or engaging in activity that is
cause for debarment or suspension;
provide financial aid counseling to its students;
refer to the DOE’s Office of Inspector General any credible information indicating that any applicant, student, employee, or agent of
the institution, has been engaged in any fraud or other illegal conduct involving Title IV programs;
report annually to the Secretary of Education on any reasonable reimbursements paid or provided by a private education lender or
group of lenders to any employee who is employed in the institution’s financial aid office or who otherwise has responsibilities
with respect to education loans;
develop and apply an adequate system to identify and resolve conflicting information with respect to a student’s application for Title
IV aid;
submit in a timely manner all reports and financial statements required by the regulations; and
not otherwise appear to lack administrative capability.
Among other things, DOE regulations require that an institution must evaluate satisfactory academic progress (1) at the end of each payment
period if the length of the educational program is one academic year or less or (2) for all other educational programs, at the end of each
payment period or at least annually to correspond to the end of a payment period. Second, the DOE regulations add an administrative
capability standard related to the existing requirement that students must have a high school diploma or its recognized equivalent in order to be
eligible for Title IV aid. Under the administrative capability standard, institutions must develop and follow procedures for evaluating the
validity of a student’s high school diploma if the institution or the Secretary of Education has reason to believe that the student’s diploma is not
valid.
If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria or any other DOE regulation, the DOE may:
●
●
●
●
require the repayment of Title IV funds;
transfer the institution from the “advance” system of payment of Title IV funds to cash monitoring status or to the “reimbursement”
system of payment;
place the institution on provisional certification status; or
commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate the participation of the institution in Title IV programs.
If we are found not to have satisfied the DOE’s “administrative capability” requirements, we could lose, or be limited in our access to, Title IV
program funding.
Distance Education. We offer all of our existing degree and certificate programs via Internet-based telecommunications from our headquarters
in Colorado. Under the Higher Education Opportunity Act, or HEOA, an accreditor that evaluates institutions offering distance education must
require such institutions to have processes through which the institution establishes that a student who registers for a distance education
program is the same student who participates in and receives credit for the program. Under DOE regulations, if an institution offers
postsecondary education through distance education to students in a state in which the institution is not physically located or in which it is
otherwise subject to state jurisdiction as determined by the state, the institution must meet any state requirements for it to offer legally
postsecondary distance education in that state. The institution must be able to document state approval for distance education if requested by
the DOE. In addition, states must have a process to review and take appropriate action on complaints concerning postsecondary institutions.
As previously discussed herein, these regulations have been vacated by a federal court.
Financial Responsibility. The Higher Education Act and DOE regulations establish extensive standards of financial responsibility that
institutions such as Aspen must satisfy to participate in Title IV programs. These standards generally require that an institution provide the
resources necessary to comply with Title IV program requirements and meet all of its financial obligations, including required refunds and any
repayments to the DOE for liabilities incurred in programs administered by the DOE.
10
The DOE evaluates institutions on an annual basis for compliance with specified financial responsibility standards that include a complex
formula that uses line items from the institution’s audited financial statements. In addition, the financial responsibility standards require an
institution to receive an unqualified opinion from its accountants on its audited financial statements, maintain sufficient cash reserves to satisfy
refund requirements, meet all of its financial obligations, and remain current on its debt payments. The formula focuses on three financial
ratios: (1) equity ratio (which measures the institution’s capital resources, financial viability, and ability to borrow); (2) primary reserve ratio
(which measures the institution’s viability and liquidity); and (3) net income ratio (which measures the institution’s profitability or ability to
operate within its means). An institution’s financial ratios must yield a composite score of at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed
financially responsible without the need for further federal oversight. The DOE may also apply such measures of financial responsibility to the
operating company and ownership entities of an eligible institution.
Under DOE regulations, even if an institution meets all of the other financial responsibility requirements, it is not considered to be financially
responsible if the relevant financial statement audits contain a going concern opinion. If the DOE were to determine that we do not meet its
financial responsibility standards, we may be able to establish financial responsibility on an alternative basis. Alternative bases include, for
example:
●
●
●
posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 50% of the total Title IV program funds received by us during our most
recently completed fiscal year;
posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 10% of such prior year’s Title IV program funds received by us, accepting
provisional certification, complying with additional DOE monitoring requirements and agreeing to receive Title IV program funds
under an arrangement other than the DOE’s standard advance payment arrangement such as the “reimbursement” system of
payment or cash monitoring; or
complying with additional DOE monitoring requirements and agreeing to receive Title IV program funds under an arrangement
other than the DOE’s standard advance payment arrangement such as the “reimbursement” system of payment or cash monitoring.
Failure to meet the DOE’s “financial responsibility” requirements, either because we do not meet the DOE’s financial responsibility standards
or are unable to establish financial responsibility on an alternative basis, would cause us to lose access to Title IV program funding.
Consistent with the Higher Education Act, Aspen’s certification to participate in Title IV programs terminated after closing of the Reverse
Merger. The DOE received Aspen's application and has since extended the provisional certification through April 15, 2015. In the future, the
DOE may impose additional or different terms and conditions in any final or provisional program participation agreement that it may issue.
Third-Party Servicers. DOE regulations permit an institution to enter into a written contract with a third-party servicer for the administration of
any aspect of the institution’s participation in Title IV programs. The third-party servicer must, among other obligations, comply with Title IV
requirements and be jointly and severally liable with the institution to the Secretary of Education for any violation by the servicer of any Title
IV provision. An institution must report to the DOE new contracts with or any significant modifications to contracts with third-party servicers
as well as other matters related to third-party servicers. We contract with a third-party servicer which performs certain activities related to our
participation in Title IV programs. If our third-party servicer does not comply with applicable statutes and regulations including the Higher
Education Act, we may be liable for its actions, and we could lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.
Title IV Return of Funds. Under the DOE’s return of funds regulations, when a student withdraws, an institution must return unearned funds
to the DOE in a timely manner. An institution must first determine the amount of Title IV program funds that a student “earned.” If the student
withdraws during the first 60% of any period of enrollment or payment period, the amount of Title IV program funds that the student earned is
equal to a pro rata portion of the funds for which the student would otherwise be eligible. If the student withdraws after the 60% threshold,
then the student has earned 100% of the Title IV program funds. The institution must return to the appropriate Title IV programs, in a
specified order, the lesser of (i) the unearned Title IV program funds and (ii) the institutional charges incurred by the student for the period
multiplied by the percentage of unearned Title IV program funds. An institution must return the funds no later than 45 days after the date of
the institution’s determination that a student withdrew. If such payments are not timely made, an institution may be subject to adverse action,
including being required to submit a letter of credit equal to 25% of the refunds the institution should have made in its most recently completed
year. Under DOE regulations, late returns of Title IV program funds for 5% or more of students sampled in the institution’s annual
compliance audit constitutes material non-compliance. Aspen’s academic calendar structure is a non-standard term with rolling start dates with
defined length of term (10 week term).
11
The “90/10 Rule.” A requirement of the Higher Education Act commonly referred to as the “90/10 Rule,” applies only to “proprietary
institutions of higher education,” which includes Aspen. An institution is subject to loss of eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs if
it derives more than 90% of its revenues (calculated on a cash basis and in accordance with a DOE formula) from Title IV programs for two
consecutive fiscal years. An institution whose rate exceeds 90% for any single fiscal year will be placed on provisional certification for at least
two fiscal years and may be subject to other conditions specified by the Secretary of the DOE.
Student Loan Defaults. Under the Higher Education Act, an education institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or all of the Title
IV programs if defaults on the repayment of Direct Loan Program loans by its students exceed certain levels. For each federal fiscal year, a
rate of student defaults (known as a “cohort default rate”) is calculated for each institution with 30 or more borrowers entering repayment in a
given federal fiscal year by determining the rate at which borrowers who become subject to their repayment obligation in that federal fiscal
year default by the end of the following federal fiscal year. For such institutions, the DOE calculates a single cohort default rate for each
federal fiscal year that includes in the cohort all current or former student borrowers at the institution who entered repayment on any Direct
Loan Program loans during that year.
If the DOE notifies an institution that its cohort default rates for each of the three most recent federal fiscal years are 25% or greater, the
institution’s participation in the Direct Loan Program and the Federal Pell Grant Program ends 30 days after the notification, unless the
institution appeals in a timely manner that determination on specified grounds and according to specified procedures. In addition, an
institution’s participation in Title IV ends 30 days after notification that its most recent fiscal year cohort default rate is greater than 40%,
unless the institution timely appeals that determination on specified grounds and according to specified procedures. An institution whose
participation ends under these provisions may not participate in the relevant programs for the remainder of the fiscal year in which the
institution receives the notification, as well as for the next two fiscal years.
If an institution’s cohort default rate equals or exceeds 25% in any single year, the institution may be placed on provisional certification status.
Provisional certification does not limit an institution’s access to Title IV program funds; however, an institution with provisional status is
subject to closer review by the DOE and may be subject to summary adverse action if it violates Title IV program requirements. If an
institution’s default rate exceeds 40%, the institution may lose eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV programs. Since Aspen has only
recently begun to participate in Title IV programs and our certification limits the number of Aspen students who may receive Title IV aid, we
do not yet have reporting data on our cohort default rates for the three most recent federal fiscal years for which cohort default rates have been
officially calculated, namely 2007, 2008 and 2009. The primary reason is that we have not yet had students who have begun to repay their
Title IV loans.
HEOA extended by one year the period for measuring the cohort default rate, effective with cohort default rates for federal fiscal year 2009.
Currently, institutions that have two-year cohort default rates of 25% or more for each of their three most recent years, or of 40% in any one
year, will lose eligibility for Title IV student aid programs; beginning in 2014, institutions that have three-year cohort default rates of 30% or
higher for three consecutive years, or of more than 40% in any given year, will lose eligibility for those programs.
Incentive Compensation Rules. As a part of an institution’s program participation agreement with the DOE and in accordance with the Higher
Education Act, an institution may not provide any commission, bonus or other incentive payment to any person or entity engaged in any
student recruitment, admissions or financial aid awarding activity based directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or financial
aid. Failure to comply with the incentive payment rule could result in termination of participation in Title IV programs, limitation on
participation in Title IV programs, or financial penalties. Aspen believes it is in compliance with the incentive payment rule.
In recent years, other postsecondary educational institutions have been named as defendants to whistleblower lawsuits, known as “qui tam”
cases, brought by current or former employees pursuant to the Federal False Claims Act, alleging that their institution’s compensation
practices did not comply with the incentive compensation rule. A qui tam case is a civil lawsuit brought by one or more individuals, referred to
as a relator, on behalf of the federal government for an alleged submission to the government of a false claim for payment. The relator, often a
current or former employee, is entitled to a share of the government’s recovery in the case, including the possibility of treble damages. A qui
tam action is always filed under seal and remains under seal until the government decides whether to intervene in the case. If the government
intervenes, it takes over primary control of the litigation. If the government declines to intervene in the case, the relator may nonetheless elect to
continue to pursue the litigation at his or her own expense on behalf of the government. Any such litigation could be costly and could divert
management’s time and attention away from the business, regardless of whether a claim has merit.
12
The GAO released a report finding that the DOE has inadequately enforced the current ban on incentive payments. In response, the DOE has
The GAO released a report finding that the DOE has inadequately enforced the current ban on incentive payments. In response, the DOE has
undertaken to increase its enforcement efforts by, among other approaches, strengthening procedures provided to auditors reviewing
institutions for compliance with the incentive payments ban and updating its internal compliance guidance in light of the GAO findings and the
recently amended DOE incentive payment rule.
Code of Conduct Related to Student Loans. As part of an institution’s program participation agreement with the DOE, HEOA requires that
institutions that participate in Title IV programs adopt a code of conduct pertinent to student loans. For financial aid office or other employees
who have responsibility related to education loans, the code must forbid, with limited exceptions, gifts, consulting arrangements with lenders,
and advisory board compensation other than reasonable expense reimbursement. The code also must ban revenue-sharing arrangements,
“opportunity pools” that lenders offer in exchange for certain promises, and staffing assistance from lenders. The institution must post the
code prominently on its website and ensure that its officers, employees, and agents who have financial aid responsibilities are informed
annually of the code’s provisions. Aspen has adopted a code of conduct under the HEOA which is posted on its website. In addition to the
code of conduct requirements that apply to institutions, HEOA contains provisions that apply to private lenders, prohibiting such lenders from
engaging in certain activities as they interact with institutions. Failure to comply with the code of conduct provision could result in termination
of our participation in Title IV programs, limitations on participation in Title IV programs, or financial penalties.
Misrepresentation. The Higher Education Act and current regulations authorize the DOE to take action against an institution that participates in
Title IV programs for any “substantial misrepresentation” made by that institution regarding the nature of its educational program, its financial
charges, or the employability of its graduates. Effective July 1, 2011, DOE regulations expanded the definition of “substantial
misrepresentation” to cover additional representatives of the institution and additional substantive areas and expands the parties to whom a
substantial misrepresentation cannot be made. The regulations also augment the actions the DOE may take if it determines that an institution
has engaged in substantial misrepresentation. Under the final regulations, the DOE may revoke an institution’s program participation
agreement, impose limitations on an institution’s participation in Title IV programs, or initiate proceedings to impose a fine or to limit,
suspend, or terminate the institution’s participation in Title IV programs.
Credit Hours. The Higher Education Act and current regulations use the term “credit hour” to define an eligible program and an academic year
and to determine enrollment status and the amount of Title IV aid an institution may disburse during a payment period. Recently, both
Congress and the DOE have increased their focus on institutions’ policies for awarding credit hours. Recent DOE regulations define the
previously undefined term “credit hour” in terms of a certain amount of time in class and outside class, or an equivalent amount of work. The
regulations also require accrediting agencies to review the reliability and accuracy of an institution’s credit hour assignments. If an accreditor
identifies systematic or significant noncompliance in one or more of an institution’s programs, the accreditor must notify the Secretary of
Education. If the DOE determines that an institution is out of compliance with the credit hour definition, the DOE could require the institution
to repay the incorrectly awarded amounts of Title IV aid. In addition, if the DOE determines that an institution has significantly overstated the
amount of credit hours assigned to a program, the DOE may fine the institution, or limit, suspend, or terminate its participation in the Title IV
programs.
Compliance Reviews. We are subject to announced and unannounced compliance reviews and audits by various external agencies, including
the DOE, its Office of Inspector General, state licensing agencies, and accrediting agencies. As part of the DOE’s ongoing monitoring of
institutions’ administration of Title IV programs, the Higher Education Act and DOE regulations require institutions to submit annually a
compliance audit conducted by an independent certified public accountant in accordance with Government Auditing Standards and applicable
audit standards of the DOE. These auditing standards differ from those followed in the audit of our financial statements contained herein. In
addition, to enable the DOE to make a determination of financial responsibility, institutions must annually submit audited financial statements
prepared in accordance with DOE regulations. Furthermore, the DOE regularly conducts program reviews of education institutions that are
participating in the Title IV programs, and the Office of Inspector General of the DOE regularly conducts audits and investigations of such
institutions. In August 2010, the Secretary of Education announced in a letter to several members of Congress that, in part in response to
recent allegations against proprietary institutions of deceptive trade practices and noncompliance with DOE regulations, the DOE planned to
strengthen its oversight of Title IV programs through, among other approaches, increasing the number of program reviews by 50%, from 200
conducted in 2010 to up to 300 reviews in 2011. Pending legislation including the “Students First Act” introduced in the United States Senate
on February 28, 2013, would – if passed – increase the number of program reviews for various institutions deemed at-risk of violating DOE
requirements.
Potential Effect of Regulatory Violations. If we fail to comply with the regulatory standards governing Title IV programs, the DOE could
impose one or more sanctions, including transferring Aspen to the reimbursement or cash monitoring system of payment, seeking to require
repayment of certain Title IV program funds, requiring Aspen to post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE as a condition for continued Title
IV certification, taking emergency action against us, referring the matter for criminal prosecution or initiating proceedings to impose a fine or
to limit, condition, suspend or terminate our participation in Title IV programs.
13
We also may be subject, from time to time, to complaints and lawsuits relating to regulatory compliance brought not only by our regulatory
agencies, but also by other government agencies and third parties, such as present or former students or employees and other members of the
public.
Restrictions on Adding Educational Programs. State requirements and accrediting agency standards may, in certain instances, limit our ability
to establish additional programs. Many states require approval before institutions can add new programs under specified conditions. The
Colorado Commission on Higher Education, and other state educational regulatory agencies that license or authorize us and our programs,
may require institutions to notify them in advance of implementing new programs, and upon notification may undertake a review of the
institution’s licensure or authorization.
In addition, we were advised by the DOE that because we were provisionally certified due to being a new Title IV program participant, we
could not add new degree or non-degree programs for Title IV program purposes, except under limited circumstances and only if the DOE
approved such new program, until the DOE reviewed a compliance audit that covered one complete fiscal year of Title IV program
participation. That fiscal year ended on December 31, 2010, and we timely submitted our compliance audit and financial statements to the
DOE. In addition, in June 2011, Aspen timely applied for recertification to participate in Title IV programs. The DOE extended Aspen's
provisional certification until September 30, 2013. Aspen re-applied as of June 30, 2013 to continue its participation in the Title IV HEA
programs. On January 30, 2014, the DOE notified Aspen that it had the choice of posting a letter of credit for 25% of all Title IV funds and
remain provisionally certified or post a 50% letter of credit and become permanently certified. We elected to post a 25% letter of credit and
remain provisionally certified – increasing our letter of credit to $848,225. In the future, the DOE may impose additional or different terms and
conditions in any final program participation agreement that it may issue, including growth restrictions or limitation on the number of students
who may receive Title IV aid.
Recent DOE regulations establish a new process under which an institution must apply for approval to offer a program that, under the Higher
Education Act, must prepare students for “gainful employment in a recognized occupation” in order to be eligible for Title IV funds. An
institution must notify the DOE at least 90 days before the first day of classes when it intends to add a program that prepares students for
gainful employment. The DOE may, as a condition of certification to participate in Title IV programs, require prior approval of programs or
otherwise restrict the number of programs an institution may add.
DETC requires pre-approval of new courses, programs, and degrees that are characterized as a “substantive change.” An institution must
obtain written notice approving such change before it may be included in the institution’s grant of accreditation. An institution is further
prohibited from advertising or posting on its website information about the course or program before it has received approval. The process for
obtaining approval generally requires submission of a report and course materials and may require a follow-up on-site visit by an examining
committee.
Gainful Employment. Under the Higher Education Act, proprietary schools are eligible to participate in Title IV programs only in respect of
education programs that lead to gainful employment in a recognized occupation. Under the DOE rules, with respect to each gainful
employment program, a proprietary institution of higher education must disclose to prospective students with the identities of the occupations
that the program prepares students to enter, total program cost, on-time completion rate, job placement rate (if applicable), and median loan
debt of students who complete the program. Under the new program requirements, institutions are required to notify the DOE at least 90 days
before the commencement of new gainful employment programs which must include information on the demand for the program, a wage
analysis, an institutional program review and approval process, and a demonstration of accreditation. While the DOE had issued various
additional reporting regulations, requiring institutions to annually submit information to the DOE regarding each enrolled student, including
the amount of debt incurred, those reporting regulations were vacated in the June 2011 court decision discussed earlier herein, which was
affirmed on appeal; new reporting regulations are expected to issue at some point. Institutions need not disclose or report gainful employment
information on programs that are not eligible to participate in Title IV programs.
As part of the negotiated rulemaking process under the Higher Education Act, gainful employment rulemaking negotiations began in the fall of
2013 and continued into 2014. However, the negotiators failed to reach consensus on gainful employment rules. As a result, the DOE
proposed a new gainful employment rule which it released in March 2014. Under the proposed gainful employment regulation, gainful
employment programs with high debt-to-earnings ratios or high program-level cohort default rates would lose Title IV eligibility for three
years. The proposed rule sets out two separate metrics. These metrics are as follows:
·
·
Debt-to-earnings metric which requires that students who complete a program would need to spend on average no
more than 8 percent of their annual income, or 20 percent of their discretionary income on their student loan payments;
and
14
Cohort default metric which requires no more than 30 percent of the students who enrolled or completed a program
· Cohort default metric which requires no more than 30 percent of the students who enrolled or completed a program
could default on their student loans.
The details on how these metrics are applied are detailed below.
GE Metrics
Students
covered
Debt-to-Earnings (DTE)
Completers
Program Cohort Default Rate
Completers and Non-completers
Pass:
·
Annual DTE is 8% or less, or discretionary DTE is
20%
Pass:
·
Program-level cohort default rate of less than
30%
[no zone]
Fail:
·
Program-level cohort default rate of 30% or higher
Zone:
A program is in the “zone” if it does not pass
and:
·
Annual DTE is more than 8% but less than 12%;
OR
Discretionary DTE is more than 20% but less
than 30%
Annual DTE is greater than 12%; AND
Discretionary DTE is greater than 30%
·
Fail:
·
·
Multi-year
test
Additional
restrictions
A program becomes ineligible for Title IV for 3 years if:
A program becomes ineligible for Title IV for 3
years if:
·
·
·
·
It fails in any 2 out of 3 year period; OR
It does not pass in 1 out of 4 years. (e.g., yr 1: fail;
yr 2: zone; yr 3: zone; yr 4: zone)
Institutions must issue debt warnings to
students if the program could become ineligible
at the end of the year
Title IV enrollment is limited to the previous
year’s level for failing (but not zone)
programs
·
·
·
The 3-year default rate of 3 consecutive cohorts
of students is greater than 30%
Institutions must issue debt warnings to students
if the program could become ineligible at the end
of the year
Title IV enrollment is limited to the previous
year’s level if the program could become
ineligible at the end of the year.
The proposed rule also provides some protections for gainful employment programs with a low percentage of
student borrowers. Additionally, under the proposed rule programs would be obligated to meet necessary
programmatic accreditation requirements as well as applicable state licensure standards for any state in the
institution’s regional area. Institutions would attest that their programs meet these requirements as part of
their Title IV program participation agreement. Additionally, the 2014 proposed rule includes significant new
disclosure requirements for gainful employment programs, as well as a notice and approval process for the
creation of new programs.
The DOE most likely will issue the final gainful employment regulation in October 2014 and the regulation is expected to go into effect July 1,
2015. The new gainful employment reporting requirements will likely substantially increase our administrative burdens, particularly during
the implementation phase. These reporting and the other procedural changes in the new rules could affect student enrollment, persistence and
retention in ways that we cannot now predict. For example, if our reported program information compares unfavorably with other reporting
education institutions, it could adversely affect demand for our programs.
15
Although the rules regarding gainful employment metrics provide opportunities to address program deficiencies before the loss of Title IV
eligibility, the continuing eligibility of our educational programs for Title IV funding is at risk under pending gainful employment rules due to
factors beyond our control, such as changes in the actual or deemed income level of our graduates, changes in student borrowing levels,
increases in interest rates, changes in the federal poverty income level relevant for calculating discretionary income, changes in the percentage
of our former students who are current in repayment of their student loans, and other factors. In addition, even though deficiencies in the
metrics may be correctible on a timely basis, the disclosure requirements to students following a failure to meet the standards may adversely
impact enrollment in that program and may adversely impact the reputation of our education institution. The exposure to these external factors
may reduce our ability to offer or continue confidently certain types of programs for which there is market demand, thus affecting our ability to
maintain or grow our business.
Eligibility and Certification Procedures. Each institution must periodically apply to the DOE for continued certification to participate in Title IV
programs. Such recertification is required every six years, but may be required earlier, including when an institution undergoes a change of
control. An institution may come under the DOE’s review when it expands its activities in certain ways, such as opening an additional
location, adding a new program, or, in certain cases, when it modifies academic credentials that it offers.
The DOE may place an institution on provisional certification status if it finds that the institution does not fully satisfy all of the eligibility and
certification standards and in certain other circumstances, such as when it undergoes a change in ownership and control. The DOE may more
closely review an institution that is provisionally certified if it applies for approval to open a new location, add an educational program, acquire
another school or make any other significant change.
In addition, during the period of provisional certification, the institution must comply with any additional conditions included in its program
participation agreement. If the DOE determines that a provisionally certified institution is unable to meet its responsibilities under its program
participation agreement, it may seek to revoke the institution’s certification to participate in Title IV programs with fewer due process
protections for the institution than if it were fully certified. Students attending provisionally certified institutions, like Aspen, remain eligible to
receive Title IV program funds.
Change in Ownership Resulting in a Change of Control. In addition to school acquisitions, other types of transactions can also cause a change
of control. The DOE, most state education agencies, and DETC all have standards pertaining to the change of control of schools, but those
standards are not uniform. DOE regulations describe some transactions that constitute a change of control, including the transfer of a
controlling interest in the voting stock of an institution or the institution’s parent corporation. DOE regulations provide that a change of control
of a publicly-traded corporation occurs in one of two ways: (i) if there is an event that would obligate the corporation to file a Current Report
on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, disclosing a change of control or (ii) if the corporation has a
shareholder that owns at least 25% of the total outstanding voting stock of the corporation and is the largest shareholder of the corporation,
and that shareholder ceases to own at least 25% of such stock or ceases to be the largest shareholder. A significant purchase or disposition of
our voting stock could be determined by the DOE to be a change of control under this standard. Many states include the sale of a controlling
interest of common stock in the definition of a change of control requiring approval. A change of control under the definition of one of these
agencies would require us to seek approval of the change in ownership and control to maintain our accreditation, state authorization or
licensure. The requirements to obtain such approval from the states and DETC vary widely. In some cases, approval of the change of
ownership and control cannot be obtained until after the transaction has occurred. In December 2011, we provided details regarding the
Reverse Merger to the CDHE. The CDHE indicated that under current regulations, as long as we maintain accreditation by DETC following
the Reverse Merger, Aspen will remain in good standing with the CDHE. As described below, DETC approved the change of ownership,
with several customary conditions.
16
DETC recently revised its policy pertinent to changes in legal status, control, ownership, or management. The policy revisions add definitions
of the situations under which DETC considers a change in legal status, control, ownership, or management to occur, describe the procedures
that an institution must follow to obtain approval, and clarify the options available to DETC. Among other revisions, DETC defines a change
of ownership and control as a change in the ability to direct or cause the direction of the actions of an institution, including, for example, the
sale of a controlling interest in an institution’s corporate parent. Failure to obtain prior approval of a change of ownership and control will
result in withdrawal of accreditation under the new ownership. The policy also requires institutions to undergo a post-change examination
within six months of a change of ownership. The revisions clarify that after such examination, DETC will make a final decision whether to
continue the institution’s accreditation. In addition, if an institution is acquired by an entity that owns or operates other distance education
institutions, the amendments clarify that any such institutions must obtain DETC approval within two years of the change of ownership or
accreditation may be withdrawn. The policy revisions define a change of management as the replacement of the senior level executive of the
institution, for example the President or Chief Executive Officer. In addition, the revisions clarify that before undertaking such a change, an
institution must seek DETC’s prior approval by explaining when the change will occur, the rationale for the change, the executive’s job
description, the new executive’s qualifications, and how the change will affect the institution’s ability to comply with all DETC accreditation
standards. DETC may take any action it deems appropriate in response to a change of management request. The Reverse Merger was
considered a change of control event under DETC’s policy. In February 2012, DETC informed Aspen that it had approved the change of
ownership, with several conditions that are consistent with DETC’s change of ownership procedures and requirements. These conditions
included: (1) that Aspen agree to undergo an examination visit by a committee; (2) that an updated Self-Evaluation Report be submitted four to
six weeks prior to the on-site visit; (3) that Aspen submit a new Teach-Out Resolution form as soon as the Reverse Merger had closed; and
(4) that Aspen provide written confirmation to DETC by February 20, 2012 that it agreed to and would comply with the stated conditions. We
provided the requested information to DETC. The examination visit occurred in August 2012. Aspen is next scheduled for re-accreditation
review by DETC in January 2015.
On September 28, 2012, the DOE approved Aspen's change of control and extended its provisional certification until September 30, 2013. On
January 30, 2014, the DOE notified us that we had the choice of posting a letter of credit for 25% of all Title IV funds and remain
provisionally certified or post a 50% letter of credit and become permanently certified. We elected to post a 25% letter of credit and remain
provisionally certified – increasing our letter of credit to $848,225.
When a change of ownership resulting in a change of control occurs at a for-profit institution, the DOE applies a different set of financial tests
to determine the financial responsibility of the institution in conjunction with its review and approval of the change of ownership. The
institution generally is required to submit a same-day audited balance sheet reflecting the financial condition of the institution immediately
following the change in ownership. The institution’s same-day balance sheet must demonstrate an acid test ratio of at least 1:1, which is
calculated by adding cash and cash equivalents to current accounts receivable and dividing the sum by total current liabilities (and excluding all
unsecured or uncollateralized related party receivables). The same-day balance sheet must demonstrate positive tangible net worth. If the
institution does not satisfy these requirements, the DOE may condition its approval of the change of ownership on the institution’s agreeing to
post a letter of credit, provisional certification, and/or additional monitoring requirements, as described in the above section on Financial
Responsibility. The time required for the DOE to act on a post-change in ownership and control application may vary substantially. As a result
of the change of ownership, Aspen delivered a $264,665 letter of credit to the DOE in accordance with the standards identified above.
Thereafter, as described above, this letter of credit was increased to $848,225.
A change of control also could occur as a result of future transactions in which Aspen is involved. Some corporate reorganizations and some
changes in the Board are examples of such transactions. Moreover, the potential adverse effects of a change of control could influence future
decisions by us and our shareholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock. In addition, the regulatory
burdens and risks associated with a change of control also could discourage bids for your shares of common stock and could have an adverse
effect on the market price of your shares.
Possible Acquisitions. In addition to the planned expansion through Aspen’s new marketing program, we may expand through acquisition of
related or synergistic businesses. Our internal growth is subject to monitoring and ultimately approval by the DETC. If the DETC finds that
the growth may adversely affect our academic quality, the DETC can request us to slow the growth and potentially withdraw accreditation and
require us to re-apply for accreditation. The DOE may also impose growth restrictions on an institution, including in connection with a change
in ownership and control. While acquisitions of online universities would be subject to approval by the DETC, approval of businesses which
supply services to online universities or which provide educational services and/or products may not be subject to regulatory approval or
extensive regulation.
17
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following Risk Factors before deciding
whether to invest in Aspen. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, or that we currently deem immaterial, may also
impair our business operations or our financial condition. If any of the events discussed in the Risk Factors below occur, our business,
consolidated financial condition, results of operations or prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, the value and
marketability of the common stock could decline.
Risks Relating to Our Business
If we are unable to generate positive cash flows from our operations or we are unable to raise capital, our ability to grow our
business will be limited.
We incurred a net loss of approximately $5.35 million for the year ended April 30, 2014 and $6 million in 2012. On July 29, 2014, we raised
$1,631,500 in a private placement. The offering is continuing through August 31, 2014. If we are unable to raise an additional $1,870,000,
we will need to complete an additional financing in March 2015 to pay the final installment of our debentures due on April 1, 2015 and
provide working capital. We cannot assure you that we will raise the necessary capital. In the event that we are not successful at generating
positive cash flows or we are unable to raise capital, we will be required to reduce our operating expenses which will limit our ability to grow
our business.
If we are unable to raise sufficient capital, we may have to scale back our operations, reduce our marketing spend and may
encounter regulatory restrictions, any of which will adversely affect our results of operations.
Investors are subject to substantial risk if we do not raise enough capital as described in the Risk Factor above. Because of the continued
volatility and disruption in worldwide capital and credit markets, potential deteriorating conditions in the U.S., ongoing financial issues in
Europe, and difficulties which microcap companies have in raising capital, the lack of available credit for companies similar to us and our stock
price, we may be hampered in our ability to raise the necessary working capital. As a result, we cannot give you any assurance that we will be
successful in raising capital, and even if successful, we cannot give you assurance that it will be on terms favorable to us. If we do not raise
the necessary working capital and if we do not generate sufficient revenues, we may not be able to remain operational or we may have to scale
back our operations including our marketing spend which will adversely affect our future enrollments. Moreover, we operate in a regulated
environment and are required to meet fiscal responsibility requirements set by the DOE and the DETC. If we fail to meet these requirements,
we may be unable to offer federal loans to students and may be precluded from continuing in business.
Our business may be adversely affected by a further economic slowdown in the U.S. or abroad or by an economic recovery in the
U.S.
The U.S. and much of the world economy are experiencing difficult economic circumstances. We believe the economic downturn in the U.S.,
particularly the continuing high unemployment rate, has contributed to a portion of our recent enrollment growth as an increased number of
working students seek to advance their education to improve job security or reemployment prospects. This effect cannot be quantified.
However, to the extent that the economic downturn and the associated unemployment have increased demand for our programs, an improving
economy and increased employment may eliminate this effect and reduce such demand as fewer potential students seek to advance their
education. We do not know whether the gradually reduced unemployment rate will reduce future demand for our services, which would have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Conversely, a worsening of economic and
employment conditions could adversely affect the ability or willingness of prospective students to pay our tuition and our former students to
repay student loans, which could increase our bad debt expense, impair our ability to offer students loans under Title IV, and require increased
time, attention and resources to manage defaults.
18
If we cannot manage our growth, our results of operations may suffer and could adversely affect our ability to comply with federal
regulations.
The growth that we have experienced after our new management began in May 2011, as well as any future growth that we experience, may
place a significant strain on our resources and increase demands on our management information and reporting systems and financial
management controls. If growth negatively impacts our ability to manage our business, the learning experience for our students could be
adversely affected, resulting in a higher rate of student attrition and fewer student referrals. Future growth will also require continued
improvement of our internal controls and systems, particularly those related to complying with federal regulations under the Higher Education
Act, as administered by the DOE, including as a result of our participation in federal student financial aid programs under Title IV. If we are
unable to manage our growth, we may also experience operating inefficiencies that could increase our costs and adversely affect our
profitability and results of operations.
Because there is strong competition in the postsecondary education market, especially in the online education market, our cost of
acquiring students may increase and our results of operations may be harmed.
Postsecondary education is highly fragmented and competitive. We compete with traditional public and private two-year and four-year brick
and mortar colleges as well as other for-profit schools, particularly those that offer online learning programs. Public and private colleges and
universities, as well as other for-profit schools, offer programs similar to those we offer. Public institutions receive substantial government
subsidies, and public and private institutions have access to government and foundation grants, tax-deductible contributions that create large
endowments and other financial resources generally not available to for-profit schools. Accordingly, public and private institutions may have
instructional and support resources that are superior to those in the for-profit sector. In addition, some of our competitors, including both
traditional colleges and universities and online for-profit schools, have substantially greater name recognition and financial and other resources
than we have, which may enable them to compete more effectively for potential students. We also expect to face increased competition as a
result of new entrants to the online education market, including established colleges and universities that have not previously offered online
education programs. Recently, major brick and mortar universities have advertised their online course offerings.
We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors and may face competitive pressures including price
pressures that could adversely affect our business or results of operations and reduce our operating margins. These competitive factors could
cause our enrollments, revenues and profitability to decrease significantly.
In the event that we are unable to update and expand the content of existing programs and develop new programs and
specializations on a timely basis and in a cost-effective manner, our results of operations may be harmed.
The updates and expansions of our existing programs and the development of new programs and specializations may not be accepted by
existing or prospective students or employers. If we cannot respond to changes in market requirements, our business may be adversely
affected. Even if we are able to develop acceptable new programs, we may not be able to introduce these new programs as quickly as students
require or as quickly as our competitors introduce competing programs. To offer a new academic program, we may be required to obtain
appropriate federal, state and accrediting agency approvals, which may be conditioned or delayed in a manner that could significantly affect our
growth plans. In addition, a new academic program that must prepare students for gainful employment must be approved by the DOE for Title
IV purposes if the institution is provisionally certified, which we are through March 31, 2015. If we are unable to respond adequately to
changes in market requirements due to financial constraints, regulatory limitations or other factors, our ability to attract and retain students
could be impaired and our financial results could suffer.
Establishing new academic programs or modifying existing programs may require us to make investments in management and faculty, incur
marketing expenses and reallocate other resources. If we are unable to increase the number of students, or offer new programs in a cost-
effective manner, or are otherwise unable to manage effectively the operations of newly established academic programs, our results of
operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
Because our future growth and profitability will depend in large part upon the effectiveness of our marketing and advertising
efforts, if those efforts are unsuccessful we may not be profitable in the future.
Our future growth and profitability will depend in large part upon our media performance, including our ability to:
●
●
Grow our nursing programs;
Create greater awareness of our school and our programs;
19
●
Identify the most effective and efficient level of spending in each market and specific media vehicle;
●
●
●
Identify the most effective and efficient level of spending in each market and specific media vehicle;
Determine the appropriate creative message and media mix for advertising, marketing and promotional expenditures; and
Effectively manage marketing costs (including creative and media).
Our marketing expenditures may not result in increased revenue or generate sufficient levels of brand name and program awareness. If our
media performance is not effective, our future results of operations and financial condition will be adversely affected.
Although our management has spearheaded an in-house marketing and advertising program, it may not be successful long-term.
Mr. Michael Mathews, our Chief Executive Officer, has developed a new marketing campaign designed to substantially increase our student
enrollment and reducing and/or eliminating student debt. While initial results have been as anticipated, there are no assurances that this
marketing campaign will continue to be successful. Among the risks are the following:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Our ability to compete with existing online colleges which have substantially greater financial resources, deeper management and
academic resources, and enhanced public reputations;
the emergence of more successful competitors;
factors related to our marketing, including the costs of Internet advertising and broad-based branding campaigns;
limits on our ability to attract and retain effective employees because of the new incentive payment rule;
performance problems with our online systems;
our failure to maintain accreditation;
student dissatisfaction with our services and programs;
adverse publicity regarding us, our competitors or online or for-profit education generally;
a decline in the acceptance of online education;
a decrease in the perceived or actual economic benefits that students derive from our programs;
potential students may not be able to afford the monthly payments; and
potential students may not react favorably to our marketing and advertising campaigns, including our monthly payment plan.
If our new marketing campaign is not favorably received, our revenues may not increase. Moreover, in March 2014, we launched a monthly
payment plan designed to encourage students to enroll in courses without borrowing. It is too soon to know if this plan will increase our
revenues, although 24% of class starts in June 2014 were from students using a monthly payment program.
If we incur system disruptions to our online computer networks, it could impact our ability to generate revenue and damage our
reputation, limiting our ability to attract and retain students.
Since early 2011, we have spent approximately $2 million to update our computer network primarily to permit accelerated student enrollment
and enhance our students’ learning experience. We expect to spend $500,000 in capital expenditures over the next 12 months. The
performance and reliability of our technology infrastructure is critical to our reputation and ability to attract and retain students. Any system
error or failure, or a sudden and significant increase in bandwidth usage, could result in the unavailability of our online classroom, damaging
our reputation and could cause a loss in enrollment. Our technology infrastructure could be vulnerable to interruption or malfunction due to
events beyond our control, including natural disasters, terrorist activities and telecommunications failures.
If we are unable to develop awareness among, and attract and retain, high quality learners to Aspen University, our ability to
generate significant revenue or achieve profitability will be significantly impaired.
Building awareness of Aspen University and the programs we offer among working adult professionals is critical to our ability to attract
prospective learners. If we are unable to successfully market and advertise our educational programs, Aspen University's ability to attract and
enroll prospective learners in such programs could be adversely affected, and consequently, our ability to increase revenue or achieve
profitability could be impaired. It is also critical to our success that we convert these prospective learners to enrolled learners in a cost-effective
manner and that these enrolled learners remain active in our programs. Some of the factors that could prevent us from successfully enrolling
and retaining learners in our programs include:
●
the emergence of more successful competitors;
20
●
factors related to our marketing, including the costs of Internet advertising and broad-based branding campaigns;
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
factors related to our marketing, including the costs of Internet advertising and broad-based branding campaigns;
performance problems with our online systems;
failure to maintain accreditation;
learner dissatisfaction with our services and programs, including with our customer service and responsiveness;
adverse publicity regarding us, our competitors, or online or for-profit education in general;
price reductions by competitors that we are unwilling or unable to match;
a decline in the acceptance of online education or our degree offerings by learners or current and prospective employers;
increased regulation of online education, including in states in which we do not have a physical presence;
a decrease in the perceived or actual economic benefits that learners derive from our programs;
litigation or regulatory investigations that may damage our reputation; and
difficulties in executing on our strategy as a preferred provider to employers for the vertical markets we serve.
If we are unable to continue to develop awareness of Aspen University and the programs we offer, and to enroll and retain learners, our
enrollments would suffer and our ability to increase revenues and achieve profitability would be significantly impaired.
If we experience any interruption to our technology infrastructure, it could prevent students from accessing their courses, could
have a material adverse effect on our ability to attract and retain students and could require us to incur additional expenses to
correct or mitigate the interruption.
Our computer networks may also be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer hackers, computer viruses and other security problems. A
user who circumvents security measures could misappropriate proprietary information, personal information about our students or cause
interruptions or malfunctions in operations. As a result, we may be required to expend significant resources to protect against the threat of
these security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these breaches.
Because we rely on third parties to provide services in running our operations, if any of these parties fail to provide the agreed
services at an acceptable level, it could limit our ability to provide services and/or cause student dissatisfaction, either of which could
adversely affect our business.
We rely on third parties to provide us with services in order for us to efficiently and securely operate our business including our computer
network and the courses we offer to students. Any interruption in our ability to obtain the services of these or other third parties or
deterioration in their performance could impair the quality of our educational product and overall business. Generally, there are multiple
sources for the services we purchase. Our business could be disrupted if we were required to replace any of these third parties, especially if
the replacement became necessary on short notice, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
If we or our service providers are unable to update the technology that we rely upon to offer online education, our future growth
may be impaired.
We believe that continued growth will require our service providers to increase the capacity and capabilities of their technology infrastructure.
Increasing the capacity and capabilities of the technology infrastructure will require these third parties to invest capital, time and resources, and
there is no assurance that even with sufficient investment their systems will be scalable to accommodate future growth. Our service providers
may also need to invest capital, time and resources to update their technology in response to competitive pressures in the marketplace. If they
are unwilling or unable to increase the capacity of their resources or update their resources appropriately and we cannot change over to other
service providers efficiently, our ability to handle growth, our ability to attract or retain students, and our financial condition and results of
operations could be adversely affected.
21
Because we rely on third party administration and hosting of learning management system software for our online classroom, if
that third party were to cease to do business or alter its business practices and services, it could have an adverse impact on our
ability to operate.
Beginning in the second quarter of fiscal quarter 2015, our online classroom will employ the Desire2Learn learning management system, or
D2L. The system is a web-based portal that stores and delivers course content, provides interactive communication between students and
faculty, and supplies online evaluation tools. We rely on third parties to host and help with the administration of it. We further rely on third
parties, the D2L agreement and our internal staff for ongoing support and customization and integration of the system with the rest of our
technology infrastructure. If D2L were unable or unwilling to continue to provide us with service, we may have difficulty maintaining the
software required for our online classroom or updating it for future technological changes. Any failure to maintain our online classroom would
have an adverse impact on our operations, damage our reputation and limit our ability to attract and retain students.
Because the personal information that we or our vendors collect may be vulnerable to breach, theft or loss, any of these factors
could adversely affect our reputation and operations.
Possession and use of personal information in our operations subjects us to risks and costs that could harm our business. Aspen uses a third
party to collect and retain large amounts of personal information regarding our students and their families, including social security numbers,
tax return information, personal and family financial data and credit card numbers. We also collect and maintain personal information of our
employees in the ordinary course of our business. Some of this personal information is held and managed by certain of our vendors. Errors in
the storage, use or transmission of personal information could result in a breach of student or employee privacy. Possession and use of
personal information in our operations also subjects us to legislative and regulatory burdens that could require notification of data breaches,
restrict our use of personal information, and cause us to lose our certification to participate in the Title IV programs. We cannot guarantee that
there will not be a breach, loss or theft of personal information that we store or our third parties store. A breach, theft or loss of personal
information regarding our students and their families or our employees that is held by us or our vendors could have a material adverse effect
on our reputation and results of operations and result in liability under state and federal privacy statutes and legal or administrative actions by
state attorneys general, private litigants, and federal regulators any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Because the CAN-SPAM Act imposes certain obligations on the senders of commercial emails, it could adversely impact our ability
to market Aspen’s educational services, and otherwise increase the costs of our business.
The Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003, or CAN-SPAM Act, establishes requirements for
commercial email and specifies penalties for commercial email that violates the CAN-SPAM Act. In addition, the CAN-SPAM Act gives
consumers the right to require third parties to stop sending them commercial email.
The CAN-SPAM Act covers email sent for the primary purpose of advertising or promoting a commercial product, service, or Internet
website. The Federal Trade Commission, a federal consumer protection agency, is primarily responsible for enforcing the CAN-SPAM Act,
and the Department of Justice, other federal agencies, State Attorneys General, and Internet service providers also have authority to enforce
certain of its provisions.
The CAN-SPAM Act’s main provisions include:
●
●
●
●
●
Prohibiting false or misleading email header information;
Prohibiting the use of deceptive subject lines;
Ensuring that recipients may, for at least 30 days after an email is sent, opt out of receiving future commercial email messages
from the sender;
Requiring that commercial email be identified as a solicitation or advertisement unless the recipient affirmatively permitted the
message; and
Requiring that the sender include a valid postal address in the email message.
The CAN-SPAM Act also prohibits unlawful acquisition of email addresses, such as through directory harvesting and transmission of
commercial emails by unauthorized means, such as through relaying messages with the intent to deceive recipients as to the origin of such
messages.
22
Violations of the CAN-SPAM Act’s provisions can result in criminal and civil penalties, including statutory penalties that can be based in part
upon the number of emails sent, with enhanced penalties for commercial email companies who harvest email addresses, use dictionary attack
patterns to generate email addresses, and/or relay emails through a network without permission.
The CAN-SPAM Act acknowledges that the Internet offers unique opportunities for the development and growth of frictionless commerce,
and the CAN-SPAM Act was passed, in part, to enhance the likelihood that wanted commercial email messages would be received.
The CAN-SPAM Act preempts, or blocks, most state restrictions specific to email, except for rules against falsity or deception in commercial
email, fraud and computer crime. The scope of these exceptions, however, is not settled, and some states have adopted email regulations that, if
upheld, could impose liabilities and compliance burdens in addition to those imposed by the CAN-SPAM Act.
Moreover, some foreign countries, including the countries of the European Union, have regulated the distribution of commercial email and the
online collection and disclosure of personal information. Foreign governments may attempt to apply their laws extraterritorially or through
treaties or other arrangements with U.S. governmental entities.
Because we use email marketing, our requirement to comply with the CAN-SPAM Act could adversely affect Aspen's marketing activities
and increase its costs.
If we lose the services of key personnel, it could adversely affect our business.
Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to attract and retain key personnel. Our future also depends on the continued services of
Mr. Michael Mathews, our Chief Executive Officer, who is critical to the management of our business and operations and the development of
our strategic direction and would also be difficult to replace. We have a $3 million key man life insurance policy on Mr. Mathews. The loss of
the services of Mr. Mathews and other key individuals and the process to replace these individuals would involve significant time and expense
and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives.
If we are unable to attract and retain our faculty, administrators, management and skilled personnel, we may not be able to
support our growth strategy.
To execute our growth strategy, we must attract and retain highly qualified faculty, administrators, management and skilled personnel.
Competition for hiring these individuals is intense, especially with regard to faculty in specialized areas. If we fail to attract new skilled
personnel or faculty or fail to retain and motivate our existing faculty, administrators, management and skilled personnel, our business and
growth prospects could be severely harmed.
If we are unable to protect our intellectual property, our business could be harmed.
In the ordinary course of our business, we develop intellectual property of many kinds that is or will be the subject of copyright, trademark,
service mark, trade secret or other protections. This intellectual property includes but is not limited to courseware materials, business know-
how and internal processes and procedures developed to respond to the requirements of operating and various education regulatory agencies.
We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets, domain names, agreements and registrations to protect our
intellectual property. We rely on service mark and trademark protection in the U.S. to protect our rights to the mark "ASPEN UNIVERSITY"
as well as distinctive logos and other marks associated with our services. We rely on agreements under which we obtain rights to use course
content developed by faculty members and other third party content experts. We cannot assure you that the measures that we take will be
adequate or that we have secured, or will be able to secure, appropriate protections for all of our proprietary rights in the U.S. or select foreign
jurisdictions, or that third parties will not infringe upon or violate our proprietary rights. Despite our efforts to protect these rights,
unauthorized third parties may attempt to duplicate or copy the proprietary aspects of our curricula, online resource material and other content,
and offer competing programs to ours.
In particular, third parties may attempt to develop competing programs or duplicate or copy aspects of our curriculum, online resource material,
quality management and other proprietary content. Any such attempt, if successful, could adversely affect our business. Protecting these types
of intellectual property rights can be difficult, particularly as it relates to the development by our competitors of competing courses and
programs.
23
We may encounter disputes from time to time over rights and obligations concerning intellectual property, and we may not prevail in these
disputes. Third parties may raise a claim against us alleging an infringement or violation of the intellectual property of that third party.
If we are subject to intellectual property infringement claims, it could cause us to incur significant expenses and pay substantial
damages.
Third parties may claim that we are infringing or violating their intellectual property rights. Any such claims could cause us to incur significant
expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages and prevent us from using our intellectual
property that may be fundamental to our business. Even if we were to prevail, any litigation regarding the intellectual property could be costly
and time-consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations.
If we incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of class materials posted online during our class discussions, it
may affect our future operating results and financial condition.
In some instances, our faculty members or our students may post various articles or other third party content on class discussion boards. We
may incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of this material posted online for class discussions. Third parties may raise
claims against us for the unauthorized duplication of this material. Any such claims could subject us to costly litigation and impose a
significant strain on our financial resources and management personnel regardless of whether the claims have merit. As a result we may be
required to alter the content of our courses or pay monetary damages.
Because we are an exclusively online provider of education, we are entirely dependent on continued growth and acceptance of
exclusively online education and, if the recognition by students and employers of the value of online education does not continue to
grow, our ability to grow our business could be adversely impacted.
We believe that continued growth in online education will be largely dependent on additional students and employers recognizing the value of
degrees and courses from online institutions. If students and employers are not convinced that online schools are an acceptable alternative to
traditional schools or that an online education provides value, or if growth in the market penetration of exclusively online education slows,
growth in the industry and our business could be adversely affected. Because our business model is based on online education, if the
acceptance of online education does not grow, our ability to continue to grow our business and our financial condition and results of
operations could be materially adversely affected.
As Internet commerce develops, federal and state governments may draft and propose new laws to regulate Internet commerce,
which may negatively affect our business.
The increasing popularity and use of the Internet and other online services have led and may lead to the adoption of new laws and regulatory
practices in the U.S. and to new interpretations of existing laws and regulations. These new laws and interpretations may relate to issues such
as online privacy, copyrights, trademarks and service marks, sales taxes, fair business practices and the requirement that online education
institutions qualify to do business as foreign corporations or be licensed in one or more jurisdictions where they have no physical location or
other presence. New laws, regulations or interpretations related to doing business over the Internet could increase our costs and materially and
adversely affect our enrollments, revenues and results of operations.
If there is new tax treatment of companies engaged in Internet commerce, this may adversely affect the commercial use of our
marketing services and our financial results.
Due to the growing budgetary problems facing state and local governments, it is possible that governments might attempt to tax our activities.
New or revised tax regulations may subject us to additional sales, income and other taxes. We cannot predict the effect of current attempts to
impose taxes on commerce over the Internet. New or revised taxes and, in particular, sales or use taxes, would likely increase the cost of doing
business online which could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
24
Risks Related to the Regulation of Our Industry
If we fail to comply with the extensive regulatory requirements for our business, we could face penalties and significant restrictions
on our operations, including loss of access to Title IV loans.
We are subject to extensive regulation by (1) the federal government through the DOE and under the Higher Education Act, (2) state
regulatory bodies and (3) accrediting agencies recognized by the DOE, including the DETC, a “national accrediting agency” recognized by the
DOE. The U.S. Department of Defense and the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs regulate our participation in the military’s tuition
assistance program and the VA’s veterans’ education benefits program, respectively. The regulations, standards and policies of these agencies
cover the vast majority of our operations, including our educational programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff, administrative
procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations and financial condition. These regulatory requirements can also affect our ability to add
new or expand existing educational programs and to change our corporate structure and ownership.
Institutions of higher education that grant degrees, diplomas, or certificates must be authorized by an appropriate state education agency or
agencies. In addition, in certain states as a condition of continued authorization to grant degrees and in order to participate in various federal
programs, including tuition assistance programs of the United States Armed Forces, a school must be accredited by an accrediting agency
recognized by the U.S. Secretary of Education. Accreditation is a non-governmental process through which an institution submits to
qualitative review by an organization of peer institutions, based on the standards of the accrediting agency and the stated aims and purposes of
the institution. The Higher Education Act requires accrediting agencies recognized by the DOE to review and monitor many aspects of an
institution's operations and to take appropriate action when the institution fails to comply with the accrediting agency's standards.
Our operations are also subject to regulation due to our participation in Title IV programs. Title IV programs, which are administered by the
DOE, include loans made directly to students by the DOE. Title IV programs also include several grant programs for students with economic
need as determined in accordance with the Higher Education Act and DOE regulations. To participate in Title IV programs, a school must
receive and maintain authorization by the appropriate state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the U.S.
Secretary of Education, and be certified as an eligible institution by the DOE. Our growth strategy is partly dependent on being able to offer
financial assistance through Title IV programs as it may increase the number of potential students who may choose to enroll in our programs.
The regulations, standards, and policies of the DOE, state education agencies, and our accrediting agencies change frequently. Recent and
impending changes in, or new interpretations of, applicable laws, regulations, standards, or policies, or our noncompliance with any applicable
laws, regulations, standards, or policies, could have a material adverse effect on our accreditation, authorization to operate in various states,
activities, receipt of funds under tuition assistance programs of the United States Armed Forces, our ability to participate in Title IV programs,
receipt of veterans education benefits funds, or costs of doing business. Findings of noncompliance with these regulations, standards and
policies also could result in our being required to pay monetary damages, or being subjected to fines, penalties, injunctions, limitations on our
operations, termination of our ability to grant degrees, revocation of our accreditation, restrictions on our access to Title IV program funds or
other censure that could have a material adverse effect on our business.
If we do not maintain authorization in Colorado, our operations would be curtailed, and we may not grant degrees.
Aspen is headquartered in Colorado and is authorized by the Colorado Commission on Higher Education to grant degrees, diplomas or
certificates. If we were to lose our authorization from the Colorado Commission on Higher Education, we would be unable to provide
educational services in Colorado and we would lose our eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs.
Our failure to comply with regulations of various states could have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues, and
results of operations.
Various states impose regulatory requirements on education institutions operating within their boundaries. Several states assert jurisdiction
over online education institutions that have no physical location or other presence in the state but offer education services to students who
reside in the state or advertise to or recruit prospective students in the state. State regulatory requirements for online education are inconsistent
among states and not well developed in many jurisdictions. As such, these requirements change frequently and, in some instances, are not
clear or are left to the discretion of state regulators.
25
State laws typically establish standards for instruction, qualifications of faculty, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial
operations, and other operational matters. To the extent that we have obtained, or obtain in the future, additional authorizations or licensure,
changes in state laws and regulations and the interpretation of those laws and regulations by the applicable regulators may limit our ability to
offer education programs and award degrees. Some states may also prescribe financial regulations that are different from those of the DOE. If
we fail to comply with state licensing or authorization requirements, we may be subject to the loss of state licensure or authorization. If we fail
to comply with state requirements to obtain licensure or authorization, we may be the subject of injunctive actions or penalties. Loss of
licensure or authorization or the failure to obtain required licensures or authorizations could prohibit us from recruiting or enrolling students in
particular states, reduce significantly our enrollments and revenues and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. We enroll
students in all 50 states, as well as the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico. We have sought and received confirmation that our operations do
not require state licensure or authorization, or we have been notified that we are exempt from licensure or authorization requirements, in three
states. We, through our legal counsel, are researching the licensure requirements and exemption possibilities in the remaining 47 states. It is
anticipated that Aspen will be in compliance with all state licensure requirements by July 1, 2015. Because we enroll students in all 50 states,
as well as the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico, we may have to seek licensure or authorization in additional states in the future.
Under DOE regulations, if an institution offers postsecondary education through distance education to students in a state in which the
institution is not physically located or in which it is otherwise subject to state jurisdiction as determined by that state, the institution must have
met any state requirements for it to be legally offering postsecondary distance education in that state. A federal court has vacated such
requirement, and an appellate court affirmed that ruling on June 5, 2012, though further guidance is expected. Should the requirement be
upheld or otherwise enforced, however, and if we fail to obtain required state authorization to provide postsecondary distance education in a
specific state, we could lose our ability to award Title IV aid to students within that state.
The DOE’s new requirement could lead some states to adopt new laws and regulatory practices affecting the delivery of distance education to
students located in those states. In the event we are found not to be in compliance with a state’s new or existing requirements for offering
distance education within that state, the state could seek to restrict one or more of our business activities within its boundaries, we may not be
able to recruit students from that state, and we may have to cease providing service to students in that state. In addition, under the DOE’s
regulation regarding state authorization and distance education, if and when the regulation is enforced or re-promulgated, we could lose
eligibility to offer Title IV aid to students located in that state.
If we fail to maintain our institutional accreditation, we would lose our ability to participate in the tuition assistance programs of
the U.S. Armed Forces and also to participate in Title IV programs.
Aspen is accredited by the DETC, which is a national accrediting agency recognized by the U.S. Secretary of Education for Title IV purposes.
Accreditation by an accrediting agency that is recognized by the Secretary of Education is required for an institution to become and remain
eligible to participate in Title IV programs as well as in the tuition assistance programs of the United States Armed Forces. DETC may impose
restrictions on our accreditation or may terminate our accreditation. To remain accredited we must continuously meet certain criteria and
standards relating to, among other things, performance, governance, institutional integrity, educational quality, faculty, administrative
capability, resources and financial stability. Failure to meet any of these criteria or standards could result in the loss of accreditation at the
discretion of the accrediting agency. The loss of accreditation would, among other things, render our students and us ineligible to participate in
the tuition assistance programs of the U.S. Armed Forces or Title IV programs and have a material adverse effect on our enrollments,
revenues and results of operations.
Because we have only recently begun to participate in Title IV programs, our failure to comply with the complex regulations
associated with Title IV programs would have a significant adverse effect on our operations and prospects for growth.
We have only recently begun to participate in Title IV programs. Compliance with the requirements of the Higher Education Act and Title IV
programs is highly complex and imposes significant additional regulatory requirements on our operations, which require additional staff,
contractual arrangements, systems and regulatory costs. We have a limited demonstrated history of compliance with these additional regulatory
requirements. If we fail to comply with any of these additional regulatory requirements, the DOE could, among other things, impose monetary
penalties, place limitations on our operations, and/or condition or terminate our eligibility to receive Title IV program funds, which would limit
our potential for growth and adversely affect our enrollment, revenues and results of operations.
26
Because we are only provisionally certified by the DOE, we must reestablish our eligibility and certification to participate in the Title
IV programs, and there are no assurances that DOE will recertify us to participate in the Title IV programs.
An institution generally must seek recertification from the DOE at least every six years and possibly more frequently depending on various
factors. In certain circumstances, the DOE provisionally certifies an institution to participate in Title IV programs, such as when it is an initial
participant in Title IV programs or has undergone a change in ownership and control. Beginning in 2009, and following our change of control
in 2012, we have been provisionally certified. On January 30, 2014, the DOE notified us that we had the choice of posting a letter of credit
for 25% of all Title IV funds and remain provisionally certified or post a 50% letter of credit and become permanently certified. We elected to
post a 25% letter of credit and remain provisionally certified – increasing our letter of credit to $848,225. In the future, the DOE may impose
additional or different terms and conditions in any final program participation agreement that it may issue, including growth restrictions or
limitation on the number of students who may receive Title IV aid. The DOE could also decline to permanently certify Aspen, otherwise limit
its participation in the Title IV programs, or continue provisional certification.
If the DOE does not ultimately approve our permanent certification to participate in Title IV programs, our students would no longer be able to
receive Title IV program funds, which would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenues and results of operations. In
addition, regulatory restraints related to the addition of new programs could impair our ability to attract and retain students and could
negatively affect our financial results.
Because the DOE may conduct compliance reviews of us, we may be subject to adverse review and future litigation which could
affect our ability to offer Title IV student loans.
Because we operate in a highly regulated industry, we are subject to compliance reviews and claims of non-compliance and lawsuits by
government agencies, regulatory agencies, and third parties, including claims brought by third parties on behalf of the federal government. If
the results of compliance reviews or other proceedings are unfavorable to us, or if we are unable to defend successfully against lawsuits or
claims, we may be required to pay monetary damages or be subject to fines, limitations, loss of Title IV funding, injunctions or other penalties,
including the requirement to make refunds. Even if we adequately address issues raised by an agency review or successfully defend a lawsuit
or claim, we may have to divert significant financial and management resources from our ongoing business operations to address issues raised
by those reviews or to defend against those lawsuits or claims. Claims and lawsuits brought against us may damage our reputation, even if
such claims and lawsuits are without merit.
If the percentage of our revenues derived from Title IV programs is too high, we could lose our ability to participate in Title IV
programs.
Under the Higher Education Act, an institution is subject to loss of eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs if, on a cash accounting
basis, it derives more than 90% of its fiscal year revenue, for two consecutive fiscal years, from Title IV program funds. An institution whose
rate exceeds 90% for any single fiscal year is placed on provisional certification for at least two fiscal years and may be subject to other
conditions specified by the U.S. Secretary of Education. This rule is known as the 90/10 rule. We have only recently begun to participate in
Title IV programs, but must remain aware of the 90/10 calculation. Failure to comply with the 90/10 rule may result in restrictions on the
amounts of Title IV funds that may be distributed to students; restrictions on expansion; requirements related to letters of credits or any other
restrictions imposed by the DOE. Additionally, if we are determined to be ineligible to participate in Title IV programs due to the 90/10 rule,
any disbursements of Title IV funds while ineligible must be repaid to the DOE.
Further, due to scrutiny of the sector, legislative proposals have been introduced in Congress that would heighten the requirements of the
90/10 rule, including proposals that would reduce the 90% maximum under the rule to 85% and/or prohibit tuition derived from military
benefit programs to be included in the 85% portion.
27
If our competitors are subject to further regulatory claims and adverse publicity, it may affect our industry and reduce our future
enrollment.
We are one of a number of for-profit institutions serving the postsecondary education market. In recent years, regulatory investigations and
civil litigation have been commenced against several companies that own for-profit educational institutions. These investigations and lawsuits
have alleged, among other things, deceptive trade practices and non-compliance with DOE regulations. These allegations have attracted
adverse media coverage and have been the subject of federal and state legislative hearings. Although the media, regulatory and legislative focus
has been primarily on the allegations made against specific companies, broader allegations against the overall for-profit school sector may
negatively affect public perceptions of other for-profit educational institutions, including Aspen. In addition, in recent years, reports on student
lending practices of various lending institutions and schools, including for-profit schools, and investigations by a number of state attorneys
general, Congress and governmental agencies have led to adverse media coverage of postsecondary education. A large competitor, Corinthian
Colleges, recently announced it was selling or shutting down its schools due to substantial regulatory investigations and recent DOE actions.
Adverse media coverage regarding other companies in the for-profit school sector or regarding us directly could damage our reputation, could
result in lower enrollments, revenues and operating profit, and could have a negative impact on our stock price. Such allegations could also
result in increased scrutiny and regulation by the DOE, Congress, accrediting bodies, state legislatures or other governmental authorities with
respect to all for-profit institutions, including us.
Due to new regulations or congressional action or reduction in funding for Title IV programs, our future enrollment may be
reduced and costs of compliance increased.
The Higher Education Act comes up for reauthorization by Congress approximately every five to six years. When Congress does not act on
complete reauthorization, there are typically amendments and extensions of authorization. Additionally, Congress reviews and determines
appropriations for Title IV programs on an annual basis through the budget and appropriations process. There is no assurance that Congress
will not in the future enact changes that decrease Title IV program funds available to students, including students who attend our institution.
Any action by Congress that significantly reduces funding for Title IV programs or the ability of our school or students to participate in these
programs would require us to arrange for other sources of financial aid and would materially decrease our enrollment. Such a decrease in
enrollment would have a material adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations. Congressional action may also require us to modify
our practices in ways that could result in increased administrative and regulatory costs and decreased profit margin.
There has been growing regulatory action and investigations of for-profit companies that offer online education. A larger competitor has
accepted a deal with the DOE to sell or shut down most of its campuses.
We are not in position to predict with certainty whether any legislation will be passed by Congress or signed into law in the future. The
reallocation of funding among Title IV programs, material changes in the requirements for participation in such programs, or the substitution
of materially different Title IV programs could reduce the ability of students to finance their education at our institution and adversely affect
our revenues and results of operations.
If our efforts to comply with DOE regulations are inconsistent with how the DOE interprets those provisions, either due to insufficient time to
implement the necessary changes, uncertainty about the meaning of the rules, or otherwise, we may be found to be in noncompliance with
such provisions and the DOE could impose monetary penalties, place limitations on our operations, and/or condition or terminate our
eligibility to receive Title IV program funds. We cannot predict with certainty the effect the new and impending regulatory provisions will have
on our business.
28
Investigations by state attorneys general, Congress and governmental agencies regarding relationships between loan providers and
educational institutions and their financial aid officers may result in increased regulatory burdens and costs.
In the past few years, the student lending practices of postsecondary educational institutions, financial aid officers and student loan providers
were subject to several investigations being conducted by state attorneys general, Congress and governmental agencies. These investigations
concern, among other things, possible deceptive practices in the marketing of private student loans and loans provided by lenders pursuant to
Title IV programs. Higher Education Opportunity Act, or HEOA, contains new requirements pertinent to relationships between lenders and
institutions. In particular, HEOA requires institutions to have a code of conduct, with certain specified provisions, pertinent to interactions
with lenders of student loans, prohibits certain activities by lenders and guaranty agencies with respect to institutions, and establishes
substantive and disclosure requirements for lists of recommended or suggested lenders of private student loans. In addition, HEOA imposes
substantive and disclosure obligations on institutions that make available a list of recommended lenders for potential borrowers. State
legislators have also passed or may be considering legislation related to relationships between lenders and institutions. Because of the evolving
nature of these legislative efforts and various inquiries and developments, we can neither know nor predict with certainty their outcome, or the
potential remedial actions that might result from these or other potential inquiries. Governmental action may impose increased administrative
and regulatory costs and decrease profit margins.
Because we are subject to sanctions if we fail to calculate correctly and return timely Title IV program funds for students who stop
participating before completing their educational program, our future operating results may be adversely affected.
A school participating in Title IV programs must correctly calculate the amount of unearned Title IV program funds that have been disbursed
to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completion and must return those unearned funds in a timely manner,
generally within 45 days after the date the school determines that the student has withdrawn. Under recently effective DOE regulations,
institutions that use the last day of attendance at an academically-related activity must determine the relevant date based on accurate institutional
records (not a student’s certificate of attendance). For online classes, “academic attendance” means engaging in an academically-related
activity, such as participating in class through an online discussion or initiating contact with a faculty member to ask a question; simply
logging into an online class does not constitute “academic attendance” for purposes of the return of funds requirements. Because we only
recently began to participate in Title IV programs, we have limited experience complying with these Title IV regulations. Under DOE
regulations, late return of Title IV program funds for 5% or more of students sampled in connection with the institution's annual compliance
audit constitutes material non-compliance. If unearned funds are not properly calculated and timely returned, we may have to repay Title IV
funds, post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE or otherwise be sanctioned by the DOE, which could increase our cost of regulatory
compliance and adversely affect our results of operations. This may have an impact on our systems, our future operations and cash flows.
If we fail to demonstrate “financial responsibility,” Aspen may lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs or be required
to post a letter of credit in order to maintain eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.
To participate in Title IV programs, an eligible institution must satisfy specific measures of financial responsibility prescribed by the DOE, or
post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE and possibly accept other conditions, such as additional reporting requirements or regulatory
oversight, on its participation in Title IV programs. The DOE may also apply its measures of financial responsibility to the operating company
and ownership entities of an eligible institution and, if such measures are not satisfied by the operating company or ownership entities, require
the institution to meet the alternative standards described under “Regulation” on page 9 herein. Any of these alternative standards would
increase our costs of regulatory compliance. If we were unable to meet these alternative standards, we would lose our eligibility to participate
in Title IV programs. If we fail to demonstrate financial responsibility and thus lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, our
students would lose access to Title IV program funds for use in our institution, which would limit our potential for growth and adversely
affect our enrollment, revenues and results of operations.
29
If we fail to demonstrate “administrative capability,” we may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.
DOE regulations specify extensive criteria an institution must satisfy to establish that it has the requisite “administrative capability” to
participate in Title IV programs. If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria or comply with any other DOE regulations, the DOE may
require the repayment of Title IV funds, transfer the institution from the "advance" system of payment of Title IV funds to cash monitoring
status or to the "reimbursement" system of payment, place the institution on provisional certification status, or commence a proceeding to
impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate the participation of the institution in Title IV programs. If we are found not to have satisfied the
DOE's "administrative capability" requirements we could be limited in our access to, or lose, Title IV program funding, which would limit our
potential for growth and adversely affect our enrollment, revenues and results of operations.
Because we rely on a third party to administer our participation in Title IV programs, its failure to comply with applicable
regulations could cause us to lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.
We have been eligible to participate in Title IV programs for a relatively short time, and we have not developed the internal capacity to handle
without third-party assistance the complex administration of participation in Title IV programs. A third party assists us with administration of
our participation in Title IV programs, and if it does not comply with applicable regulations, we may be liable for its actions and we could lose
our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs. In addition, if it is no longer able to provide the services to us, we may not be able to replace
it in a timely or cost-efficient manner, or at all, and we could lose our ability to comply with the requirements of Title IV programs, which
would limit our potential for growth and adversely affect our enrollment, revenues and results of operation.
If we pay impermissible commissions, bonuses or other incentive payments to individuals involved in recruiting, admissions or
financial aid activities, we will be subject to sanctions.
A school participating in Title IV programs may not provide any commission, bonus or other incentive payment based, directly or indirectly,
on success in enrolling students or securing financial aid to any person involved in student recruiting or admission activities or in making
decisions regarding the awarding of Title IV program funds. If we pay a bonus, commission, or other incentive payment in violation of
applicable DOE rules, we could be subject to sanctions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Effective July 1, 2011, the
DOE abolished 12 safe harbors that described permissible arrangements under the incentive payment regulation. Abolition of the safe harbors
and other aspects of the new regulation may create uncertainty about what constitutes impermissible incentive payments. The modified
incentive payment rule and related uncertainty as to how it will be interpreted also may influence our approach, or limit our alternatives, with
respect to employment policies and practices and consequently may affect negatively our ability to recruit and retain employees, and as a result
our business could be materially and adversely affected.
In addition, the General Accounting Office, or the GAO, has issued a report critical of the DOE’s enforcement of the incentive payment rule,
and the DOE has undertaken to increase its enforcement efforts. If the DOE determines that an institution violated the incentive payment rule,
it may require the institution to modify its payment arrangements to the DOE’s satisfaction. The DOE may also fine the institution or initiate
action to limit, suspend, or terminate the institution’s participation in the Title IV programs. The DOE may also seek to recover Title IV funds
disbursed in connection with the prohibited incentive payments. In addition, third parties may file “qui tam” or “whistleblower” suits on behalf
of the DOE alleging violation of the incentive payment provision. Such suits may prompt DOE investigations. Particularly in light of the
uncertainty surrounding the new incentive payment rule, the existence of, the costs of responding to, and the outcome of, qui tam or
whistleblower suits or DOE investigations could have a material adverse effect on our reputation causing our enrollments to decline and could
cause us to incur costs that are material to our business, among other things. As a result, our business could be materially and adversely
affected.
If our student loan default rates are too high, we may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.
DOE regulations provide that an institution’s participation in Title IV programs ends when historical default rates reach a certain level in a
single year or for a number of years. Because of our limited experience enrolling students who are participating in these programs, we have no
historical default rates. Relatively few students are expected to enter the repayment phase in the near term, which could result in defaults by a
few students having a relatively large impact on our default rate. If Aspen loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs because of
high student loan default rates, our students would no longer be eligible to use Title IV program funds in our institution, which would
significantly reduce our enrollments and revenues and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
30
If our institutional accrediting agency loses recognition by the U.S. Secretary of Education or we fail to maintain our institutional
accreditation, we may lose our ability to participate in Title IV programs.
Increased regulatory scrutiny of accrediting agencies and their accreditation of universities is likely to continue. While Aspen is accredited by
the DETC, a DOE-recognized accrediting body, if the DOE were to limit, suspend, or terminate the DETC’s recognition, we could lose our
ability to participate in the Title IV programs. While the DOE has provisionally certified Aspen, there are no assurances that we will remain
certified. If we were unable to rely on DETC accreditation in such circumstances, among other things, our students and our institution would
be ineligible to participate in the Title IV programs, and such consequence would have a material adverse effect on enrollments, revenues and
results of operations. In addition, increased scrutiny of accrediting agencies by the Secretary of Education in connection with the DOE’s
recognition process may result in increased scrutiny of institutions by accrediting agencies.
Furthermore, because the for-profit education sector is growing at such a rapid pace, it is possible that accrediting bodies will respond to that
growth by adopting additional criteria, standards and policies that are intended to monitor, regulate or limit the growth of for-profit institutions
like us. Actions by, or relating to, an accredited institution, including any change in the legal status, form of control, or ownership/management
of the institution, any significant changes in the institution’s financial position, or any significant growth or decline in enrollment and/or
programs, could open up an accredited institution to additional reviews by the DETC.
If Aspen fails to meet standards regarding “gainful employment,” it may result in the loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV
programs.
In March 2014, the DOE proposed a new gainful employment rule. Under the proposed gainful employment rule, programs with high debt-
to-earnings ratios or high program-level cohort default rates would lose Title IV eligibility for three years based on a variety of specific
scenarios outlined by the DOE. The final version of the gainful employment rule is expected to be released in October 2014 and go into effect
on July 1, 2015. While the final rule has not yet been released, we anticipate that under this new regulation, the continuing eligibility of our
educational programs for Title IV funding may be at risk due to factors beyond our control, such as changes in the actual or deemed income
level of our graduates, changes in student borrowing levels, increases in interest rates, changes in the federal poverty income level relevant for
calculating discretionary income, changes in the percentage of our former students who are current in repayment of their student loans, and
other factors. In addition, even though deficiencies in the metrics may be correctible on a timely basis, the disclosure requirements to students
following a failure to meet the standards may adversely impact enrollment in that program and may adversely impact the reputation of our
educational institutions.
If we fail to obtain required DOE approval for new programs that prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized
occupation, it could materially and adversely affect our business.
Under the DOE regulations, an institution must notify the DOE at least 90 days before the first day of class when it intends to add a program
that prepares students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation. The institution may proceed to offer the program, unless the DOE
advises the institution that the DOE must approve the program for Title IV purposes. In addition, if the institution does not provide timely
notice to the DOE regarding the additional program, the institution must obtain approval of the program for Title IV purposes. If the DOE
denies approval, the institution may not award Title IV funds in connection with the program. Were the DOE to deny approval to one or more
of our new programs, our business could be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, compliance with these new procedures could
cause delay in our ability to offer new programs and put our business at a competitive disadvantage. Compliance could also adversely affect
our ability to timely offer programs of interest to our students and potential students and adversely affect our ability to increase our revenues.
As a result, our business could be materially and adversely affected.
31
If we fail to comply with the DOE’s substantial misrepresentation rules, it could result in sanctions against us.
The DOE may take action against an institution in the event of substantial misrepresentation by the institution concerning the nature of its
educational programs, its financial charges or the employability of its graduates. Under new regulations, the DOE has expanded the activities
that constitute a substantial misrepresentation. Under the DOE regulations, an institution engages in substantial misrepresentation when the
institution itself, one of its representatives, or an organization or person with which the institution has an agreement to provide educational
programs, marketing, advertising, or admissions services, makes a substantial misrepresentation directly or indirectly to a student, prospective
student or any member of the public, or to an accrediting agency, a state agency, or to the Secretary of Education. The final regulations define
misrepresentation as any false, erroneous or misleading statement, and they define a misleading statement as any statement that has the
likelihood or tendency to deceive or confuse. The final regulations define substantial misrepresentation as any misrepresentation on which the
person to whom it was made could reasonably be expected to rely, or has reasonably relied, to the person’s detriment. If the DOE determines
that an institution has engaged in substantial misrepresentation, the DOE may revoke an institution’s program participation agreement, impose
limitations on an institution’s participation in the Title IV programs, deny participation applications made on behalf of the institution, or initiate
a proceeding against the institution to fine the institution or to limit, suspend or termination the institution’s participation in the Title IV
programs. We expect that there could be an increase in our industry of administrative actions and litigation claiming substantial
misrepresentation, which at a minimum would increase legal costs associated with defending such actions, and as a result our business could
be materially and adversely affected.
If we fail to comply with the DOE’s credit hour requirements, it could result in sanctions against us.
The DOE has defined “credit” hour for Title IV purposes. The credit hour is used for Title IV purposes to define an eligible program and an
academic year and to determine enrollment status and the amount of Title IV aid that an institution may disburse in a payment period. The final
regulations define credit hour as an institutionally established equivalency that reasonably approximates certain specified time in class and out
of class and an equivalent amount of work for other academic activities. The final regulations also require institutional accreditors to review an
institution’s policies, procedures, and administration of policies and procedures for assignment of credit hours. An accreditor must take
appropriate actions to address an institution’s credit hour deficiencies and to notify the DOE if it finds systemic noncompliance or significant
noncompliance in one or more programs. The DOE has indicated that if it finds an institution to be out of compliance with the credit hour
definition for Title IV purposes, it may require the institution to repay the amount of Title IV awarded under the incorrect assignment of credit
hours and, if it finds significant overstatement of credit hours, it may fine the institution or limit, suspend, or terminate its participation in Title
IV programs, as a result of which our business could be materially and adversely affected.
The U.S. Congress recently conducted an examination of the for-profit postsecondary education sector that could result in
legislation or additional DOE rulemaking that may limit or condition Title IV program participation of proprietary schools in a
manner that may materially and adversely affect our business.
In recent years, the U.S. Congress has increased its focus on for-profit education institutions, including with respect to their participation in the
Title IV programs, and has held hearings regarding such matters. In addition, the GAO released a series of reports following undercover
investigations critical of for-profit institutions. We cannot predict the extent to which, or whether, these hearings and reports will result in
legislation, further rulemaking affecting our participation in Title IV programs, or more vigorous enforcement of Title IV requirements.
Additionally, the DOE recently created a special unit for the purpose of monitoring publicly traded for-profit educational institutions.
Moreover, political consideration could result in a reduction of Title IV funding. To the extent that any laws or regulations are adopted that
limit or condition Title IV program participation of proprietary schools or the amount of federal student financial aid for which proprietary
school students are eligible, our business could be materially and adversely affected.
Unfavorable laws and regulations may impede our growth.
Existing and future laws and regulations may create increased regulatory risk, which could impede our growth. These regulations and laws
may cover consumer protection, mobile communications, privacy, data protection, electronic communications, pricing and taxation.
32
Other Risks
Because our common stock is subject to the “penny stock” rules, brokers cannot generally solicit the purchase of our common stock
which adversely affects its liquidity and market price.
The Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, has adopted regulations which generally define “penny stock” to be an equity security
that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to specific exemptions. The market price of our common stock on the Over-The-
Counter Bulletin Board, or the Bulletin Board, is substantially less than $5.00 per share and therefore we are considered a “penny stock”
according to SEC rules. This designation requires any broker-dealer selling these securities to disclose certain information concerning the
transaction, obtain a written agreement from the purchaser and determine that the purchaser is reasonably suitable to purchase the securities.
These rules limit the ability of broker-dealers to solicit purchases of our common stock and therefore reduce the liquidity of the public market
for our shares.
Moreover, as a result of apparent regulatory pressure from the SEC and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, a growing number of
broker-dealers decline to permit investors to purchase and sell or otherwise make it difficult to sell shares of penny stocks like Aspen. This
may have a depressive effect upon our common stock price.
Because of their share ownership, our management may be able to exert control over us to the detriment of minority shareholders.
As of July 25, 2014, our executive officers and directors owned approximately 17.6% of our outstanding common stock. These shareholders,
if they act together, may be able to control our management and affairs and all matters requiring shareholder approval, including significant
corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing our change in control and might affect
the market price of our common stock.
If our common stock becomes subject to a “chill” imposed by the Depository Trust Company, or DTC, your ability to sell your
shares may be limited.
The DTC acts as a depository or nominee for street name shares that investors deposit with their brokers. Until December of 2012, our stock
was not eligible to be electronically transferred among DTC participants (broker-dealers) and required delivery of paper certificates as a result
of a “chill” imposed by DTC. As a result of becoming “DTC-Eligible”, our common stock is no longer subject to a chill. However, DTC in
the last several years has increasingly imposed a chill or freeze on the deposit, withdrawal and transfer of common stock of issuers whose
common stock trades on the Bulletin Board. Depending on the type of restriction, a chill or freeze can prevent shareholders from buying or
selling shares and prevent companies from raising money. A chill or freeze may remain imposed on a security for a few days or an extended
period of time (in at least one instance a number of years). While we have no reason to believe a chill or freeze will be imposed against our
common stock again in the future, if it were your ability to sell your shares would be limited. In such event, your investment will be adversely
affected.
Due to factors beyond our control, our stock price may be volatile.
Any of the following factors could affect the market price of our common stock:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Our failure to generate increasing material revenues;
Our failure to become profitable or meet our publicly announced goal of achieving positive adjusted Earnings Before Interest,
Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization;
Our failure to raise working capital;
Our public disclosure of the terms of any financing which we consummate in the future;
Disclosure of the results of our monthly payment plan;
Actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly results of operations;
Announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, new services, acquisitions, commercial relationships, joint
ventures or capital commitments;
The loss of Title IV funding or other regulatory actions;
Our failure to meet financial analysts’ performance expectations;
Changes in earnings estimates and recommendations by financial analysts;
The sale of large numbers of shares of common stock which we have registered;
Short selling activities; or
33
●
Changes in market valuations of similar companies.
● Changes in market valuations of similar companies.
In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been
instituted. A securities class action suit against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s time and attention, which
would otherwise be used to benefit our business.
Because we may issue preferred stock without the approval of our shareholders and have other anti-takeover defenses, it may be
more difficult for a third party to acquire us and could depress our stock price.
Our Board may issue, without a vote of our shareholders, one or more additional series of preferred stock that have more than one vote per
share. This could permit our Board to issue preferred stock to investors who support us and our management and give effective control of our
business to our management. Additionally, issuance of preferred stock could block an acquisition resulting in both a drop in our stock price
and a decline in interest of our common stock. This could make it more difficult for shareholders to sell their common stock. This could also
cause the market price of our common stock shares to drop significantly, even if our business is performing well.
Because we may not be able to attract the attention of major brokerage firms, it could have a material impact upon the price of our
common stock.
It is not likely that securities analysts of major brokerage firms will provide research coverage for our common stock since the firm itself
cannot recommend the purchase of our common stock under the penny stock rules referenced in an earlier risk factor. The absence of such
coverage limits the likelihood that an active market will develop for our common stock. It may also make it more difficult for us to attract new
investors at times when we acquire additional capital.
Since we intend to retain any earnings for development of our business for the foreseeable future, you will likely not receive any
dividends for the foreseeable future.
We have not and do not intend to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future, as we intend to retain any earnings for development and
expansion of our business operations. As a result, you will not receive any dividends on your investment for an indefinite period of time.
If we do not successfully defend the pending litigation brought by our former chairman and large shareholder, we may incur
material damages.
In 2013, our former Chairman and a company he controls sued us, certain senior management members and our directors in state court in New
York seeking damages arising from losses and other matters incurred in the operation of Aspen’s business since May 2011, our filings with
the SEC and the DOE where we stated that he and his company borrowed $2.2 million without board authority and our failure to use our best
efforts to purchase certain shares of common stock from him. While we have been advised by our counsel that the lawsuit is baseless, we
cannot assure you that we will be successful. Defending the litigation will be expensive and divert our management from Aspen’s business. If
we are unsuccessful, the damages we pay may be material. In addition, after dismissal by the Court in New York of certain claims, the
Plaintiffs filed a shareholders’ derivative action in the Delaware Chancery Court against most of our directors and a former officer. While any
recovery will be paid to the Company, defense of derivative suits is generally expensive. See Item 3 “Legal Proceedings” below for a further
description of the litigation.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.
Our corporate headquarters are located in a facility in Denver, Colorado, consisting of approximately 3,900 square feet of office space under a
lease that expires in September 2015. This facility accommodates our academic operations. Our executive offices are in New York City where
we lease approximately 2,000 square feet under a month-to-month sublease. We operate a call center in Scottsdale, Arizona where we lease
approximately 2,600 square feet under a three-year term. We believe that our existing facilities are suitable and adequate and that we have
sufficient capacity to meet our current anticipated needs.
34
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
Spada New York Litigation
By order dated November 4, 2013, the New York Supreme Court dismissed all of Plaintiffs’ claims, except for the claims for breach of
contract and defamation per se. Details of the litigation are described below under “Background of Spada New York Litigation.” In response
to the remaining claims, the Company has filed multiple counterclaims for fraud, to recover the $2.2 million the Company asserts was
misappropriated by the Plaintiffs and other related claims. Plaintiffs’ moved to dismiss the counterclaims, and that motion is being considered
by the Court.
Background of Spada New York Litigation
On February 11, 2013, the former chairman of Aspen University, Mr. Patrick Spada and Higher Education Management Group, Inc., which
we refer to as “HEMG”, a corporation he controls, filed suit against the Company, Aspen University Inc., the Company’s Board of Directors,
the Company’s Chief Executive and Financial Officers and an unrelated party in the New York Supreme Court located in Manhattan.
The gravamen of Mr. Spada’s claims are that the officers and directors breached their fiduciary duty and defamed Mr. Spada by (a) including
false and defamatory statements to the effect that Mr. Spada owes approximately $2 million to the Company in various of the Company’s SEC
and Department of Education filings, (b) imprudently managed the Company’s assets by spending too much money on certain marketing and
promotional efforts and by using the Company’s funds for expenses which were not intended to benefit the Company. Mr. Spada also claims
that the Company breached two separate agreements with Mr. Spada and his company, one of which involved the Company agreeing to
purchase certain shares of Aspen stock under certain conditions, and one consulting agreement. As discussed below, the Company believes
that none of these claims have any merit in either fact or law.
The Company and the other defendants believe that the suit is baseless and was filed primarily because the Company refused to purchase
additional shares of the Plaintiffs’ common stock of the Company on unacceptable terms.
The Plaintiffs’ allegations that false or defamatory statements were included in the Company’s filings are based on the following disclosures in
multiple SEC and DOE filings: “…Aspen discovered in November 2011 that HEMG had borrowed $2,195,084 from it from 2005 to 2012
without Board of Directors authority. Aspen has been unable to reach any agreement with Mr. Spada concerning repayment and is considering
its options.” In the same filings, the Company disclosed that “There is no agreement with the former chairman that this sum is due and in fact
he has denied liability and even claimed that Aspen owes him money.”
The Plaintiffs’ allegations concerning imprudent management of its funds are categorically false. The Company has also been advised that
claims of this type can only be brought in what is called a shareholders’ derivative action where, assuming liability, the ultimate beneficiary is
the Company and not the Plaintiffs. Counsel has further advised the management of the Company’s affairs and how its funds are expended are
protected from a disgruntled stockholder’s opinion of how funds should have been spent by the business judgment rule and the provision in
the Company’s charter eliminating liability for such claims. The remaining breach of fiduciary duty claim falsely alleges that travel expenses
and work was performed by the Company on behalf of another corporation for which the Company’s Chief Executive Officer then served as
Chairman of the Board. Such claims are categorically false, but even if true, like the remaining breach of fiduciary claims, the ultimate
beneficiary is the Company and not the Plaintiffs.
The breach of contract claims consist of two distinct claims: first, Aspen University entered into a two-year Consulting Agreement in
September 2011 with Mr. Spada. The Company terminated the Consulting Agreement in about November 2011 after it learned of the former
Chairman’s $2.2 million unauthorized borrowing without board approval alleging that the Consulting Agreement was induced by fraud.
35
The second claim arises from an April 4, 2012 Agreement with the Plaintiffs in which only certain of the defendants were parties, which we
The second claim arises from an April 4, 2012 Agreement with the Plaintiffs in which only certain of the defendants were parties, which we
refer to as the “April Agreement.” Under the April Agreement, an individual defendant who has never been an officer or director of the
Company agreed to purchase from Spada’s corporation 400,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at $0.50 per share. The complaint
acknowledges that this purchase occurred. Under the April Agreement, the Company also agreed (i) that it would purchase an additional
600,000 shares from Mr. Spada’s company at $0.50 per share within 90 days from the date of the April Agreement, and (ii) that the Company
would use its best efforts to locate a purchaser to buy another 1,400,000 shares at $0.50 per share from Mr. Spada’s company, and once that
purchaser was located, to buy the shares and resell them to the new investor. The Company in fact did purchase the additional 600,000 shares
and Mr. Spada’s company was paid the proceeds. The Company did use its best efforts to locate a new investor for the final 1,400,000 shares,
however, given the fact that the Company during that same timeframe was selling its own common stock at $0.35 per share, it was not able to
find any buyers who would pay $0.50 per share. Also, the Company’s obligation to locate a new purchaser expired under the terms of the
April Agreement after 180 days, which have long passed. Under the terms of the April Agreement, the Plaintiffs agreed not to file suit against
the Company, Aspen University and their officers and directors, unless sued by the Company or Aspen University.
Spada Delaware Litigation
On November 21, 2013, the Plaintiffs’ commenced a derivative action in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware, asserting mirror image
claims that were dismissed in New York against the directors (not the company), for breach of fiduciary duty (by making allegedly false and
misleading statements in the public filings), corporate waste (for allegedly spending too much money on marketing), dilution of shareholder
equity (for issuing shares which Plaintiffs themselves approved), aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty (based on same public filings).
The directors have filed a motion to dismiss all of these claims, which motion was argued on July 15, 2014 with decision reserved.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.
Not applicable.
36
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.
Our stock trades on the Bulletin Board, under the symbol “ASPU.” Since March 31, 2011, Aspen Group’s common stock has been quoted on
the Bulletin Board. The last reported sale price of Aspen’s common stock as reported by the Bulletin Board on July 28, 2014 was $0.14. As
of that date, we had 241 record holders. A substantially greater number of holders of our common stock are “street name” or beneficial
holders, whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers, and other financial institutions.
The following table provides the high and low bid price information for our common stock. The prices reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail
mark-up, mark-down or commission and does not necessarily represent actual transactions. Our common stock does not trade on a regular
basis.
Year
Fiscal 2014
Fiscal 2013
Dividend Policy
Period Ended
April 30
January 31
October 31
July 31
April 30
January 31
October 31
July 31
Prices
High
($)
Low
($)
0.20
0.23
0.335
0.51
0.55
0.80
3.75
3.75
0.101
0.12
0.176
0.25
0.26
0.50
0.75
3.75
We have not paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not plan to pay such dividends in the foreseeable future. Our Board will
determine our future dividend policy on the basis of many factors, including results of operations, capital requirements, and general business
conditions.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
None
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
The information required by this item with respect to our equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for
the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended April 30, 2014.
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
Not applicable.
37
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
This discussion should be read in conjunction with the other sections contained herein, including the risk factors and the consolidated financial
statements and the related exhibits contained herein. The various sections of this discussion contain a number of forward-looking statements,
all of which are based on our current expectations and could be affected by the uncertainties and risk factors described throughout this report
as well as other matters over which we have no control. Our actual results may differ materially. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-
Looking Statements.”
Company Overview
Founded in 1987, Aspen’s mission is to offer any motivated college-worthy student the opportunity to receive a high quality, responsibly
priced distance-learning education for the purpose of achieving sustainable economic and social benefits for themselves and their families.
Because we believe higher education should be a catalyst to our students’ long-term economic success, we exert financial prudence by offering
affordable tuition that is one of the greatest values in online higher education. On March 20, 2014, Aspen University unveiled a monthly
payment plan aimed at reversing the college-debt sentence plaguing working-class Americans. The monthly payment plan offers bachelor
students the opportunity to pay $250/month for 60 months ($15,000) and master/doctoral students the opportunity to pay $325/month for 36
months ($11,700), thereby giving students the ability to earn a degree debt free. In the four months since the announcement, already 24% of
courses are now paid through monthly payment methods.
One of the key differences between Aspen and other publicly-traded, exclusively online, for-profit universities is an emphasis on post-
graduate degree programs (master or doctorate). As of April 30, 2014, 2,485 students were enrolled as full-time degree-seeking students with
2,162 of those students or 87% in a master or doctoral graduate degree program.
Student Population
Aspen’s full-time degree-seeking student body increased by 33% during the fiscal year ended April 30, 2014, from 1,875 to 2,485 students.
In addition, 1,087 students are engaged in part-time programs, such as continuing education courses and certificate level programs (includes
506 part-time undergraduate military students).
Our most popular school is now our School of Nursing. Aspen’s School of Nursing has grown from 5% of our full-time, degree-seeking
student body at year-end 2011, to 33% of our full-time, degree-seeking student body at April 30, 2014. Aspen’s School of Nursing grew
from 376 to 828 students during fiscal year 2014, which represented 74% of Aspen’s fiscal year 2014 full-time degree-seeking student body
growth.
Results of Operations
Note: Because Aspen Group changed its fiscal year from December 31st to April 30th effective April 30, 2013, the comparisons which
follow are for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2104 to the calendar year ended December 31, 2012.
For the Year Ended April 30, 2014 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2012
Revenue
Revenue for the year ended April 30, 2014 increased to $3,981,722 from $2,684,931 for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of
48%. The increase is primarily attributable to the growth in revenues from Aspen’s Nursing degree programs which increased to $1,433,972
from $409,938, an increase of 350%.
Our fiscal year 2014 and calendar year 2012 revenues were impacted by the 2010 (and previous years) pre-payment tuition plan, or the Legacy
Tuition Plan, which was discontinued on July 15, 2011. The Legacy Tuition Plan had students paying full-rate tuition for a degree program’s
first four courses ($675/course) and a steeply discounted tuition rate for the program’s eight course balance ($112.50/course). Specifically, the
Plan produced immediate cash flow, but unsustainably low gross profit margins over the length of the degree program. At April 30, 2014,
19% of our class starts on average were from students on the Legacy Tuition Plan. However, those Legacy Tuition Plan students only
represented approximately 5% of Aspen’s full-time degree-seeking revenues for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2014. During fiscal year 2015,
the number of old Legacy Tuition Plan students will cease to be material.
38
Cost of Revenues
The Company’s cost of revenues consists of instructional costs and services and marketing and promotional costs which were previously
reported separately.
Instructional Costs and Services
Instructional costs and services for the year ended April 30, 2014, was $836,274, an increase of 13% or $97,663, from the December 31,
2012 amount of $738,611. The increase is primarily attributable to increased enrollment. As student enrollment levels increase, instructional
costs and services should rise commensurately. However, as Aspen increases its full-time degree-seeking student enrollments, the higher
gross margins associated with such students should lead to the growth rate in instructional costs and services to lag that of overall revenues.
Marketing and Promotional
Marketing and promotional costs for the year ended April 30, 2014 decreased to $1,023,490, from $1,330,201, for the year ended December
31, 2012, a decrease of 23% or $306,711. This decrease reflects more efficient use of internet advertising and higher conversion rates. With
the cash from our recently completed offering, we expect that beginning in November 2014 internet advertising expenses will increase by
approximately $50,000 per month and sales expenses will increase by $60,000 per month.
Gross Profit (exclusive of depreciation or amortization) of Aspen operations rose to $2,121,958 or 53%, for the year ended April 30, 2014,
from $616,119 or 23%, for the year ended December 31, 2012.This increase reflects the decrease in influence of the lower tuition paid by the
students under the Legacy Tuition Plan and our more efficient marketing programs.
Costs and Expenses
General and Administrative
General and administrative costs for the year ended April 30, 2014, increased to $6,300,229, from $5,508,507 for the year ended December
31, 2012, an increase of 14% or $791,722. This increase reflects a $300,000 increase in stock compensation expense, $200,000 in additional
expenses relating to a Title IV program review, $156,000 in warrant expense and $90,000 in legal fees associated with the Spada lawsuit.
Receivable Collateral Valuation Reserve
Due to a change in the estimated value of the collateral supporting the Account Receivable, secured – related party from $1.00/share to
$0.35/share based on the financing by Aspen Group that closed September 28, 2012, a non-cash valuation reserve expense of $502,315 was
recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012. An additional expense of $123,647 was recognized during the year ended April 30, 2014, for
a decrease in the stock price from $0.35 to $0.19.
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization costs for the year ended April 30, 2014, increased by $76,829 to $474,752, from $397,923 for the year ended
December 31, 2012, an increase of 19%. The increase is primarily attributable to higher levels of capitalized technology costs as Aspen
continues the infrastructure build-out initiated in 2011.
Other Income (Expense)
Other expense for the year ended April 30, 2014, increased to $658,341, from $354,418 for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of
$303,923 or 86%. The increase is primarily attributable to interest expense related to the debentures payable during the period including the
related amortization of debt issue costs and the debt discount. In addition, interest expense for the year ended April 30, 2014 included
approximately $60,000 in interest paid to the loan from our CEO.
39
Income Taxes
Income Taxes
Income taxes expense (benefit) for the year ended April 30, 2014 and for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $0 as Aspen Group
experienced operating losses in both periods. As management made a full valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets stemming from
these losses, there was no tax benefit recorded in the statement of operations in both periods.
Net Loss
Net loss allocable to common shareholders for the year ended April 30, 2014, decreased to ($5,350,348) from ($6,048,113) for the year ended
December 31, 2012, a decrease of 11%. The decrease is primarily attributable to higher gross profits and management’s efforts to contain
costs at all levels. The losses were also higher in 2012 due to the Reverse Merger and the costs of becoming a publicly-traded company.
Discontinued Operations
As of March 31, 2013, Aspen Group discontinued business activities related to its agreement with CLS 123, LLC, or CLS. See Note 1 of the
consolidated financial statements contained herein. The following table details the results of the discontinued operations for the years ended
April 30, 2014, and December 31, 2012:
Revenues
Costs and expenses:
Instructional costs and services
General and administrative
Total costs and expenses
For the year
ended
April 30,
2014
For the year
ended
December 31,
2012
$
549,125 $
2,332,283
494,213
(29,751)
464,462
2,026,928
169,045
2,195,973
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
$
84,663 $
136,310
For the Four Months Ended April 30, 2013 Compared with the Four Months Ended April 30, 2012
Revenue
Revenue from continuing operations for the four months ended April 30, 2013, which we refer to as the 2013 Transition Period increased to
$1,229,096 from $745,656 for the four months ended April 30, 2012, or the 2012 Transition Period, an increase of 65%. The increase is
primarily attributable to the growth in Aspen student enrollments and the increase in average tuition rates from approximately $500 to $700 for
the comparable periods. Of particular note, revenues from Aspen’s Nursing degree program increased to $287,902 during the 2013 Transition
Period from $107,640 during the 2012 Transition Period, an increase of 167%.
Our 2013 Transition Period and 2012 Transition Period revenues were impacted by the 2011 (and previous years) pre-payment tuition plan, or
the Legacy Tuition Plan, which was discontinued on July 15, 2011. The Legacy Tuition Plan had students pre-paying tuition for a degree
program’s first four courses ($675/course) and a steeply discounted tuition rate for the program’s eight course balance ($112.50/course).
Specifically, the Legacy Tuition Plan produced immediate cash flow, but unsustainably low gross profit margins over the length of the degree
program. As of April 30, 2013, 709 of our full-time degree-seeking students were still enrolled under the Legacy Tuition Plan. However the
contribution from Legacy Tuition Plan students to overall Aspen revenue and profits diminished steadily over the course of the past 12 months
as the population of full-time degree-seeking students paying regular tuition rates increased to 68% of the population and the population of
Legacy Tuition Plan students fell to 32%. Accordingly, much as 2012 was affected negatively by the lingering impact of the Legacy Tuition
Plan, future revenue should demonstrate a dramatically diminished effect from the Legacy Tuition Plan and a much greater contribution from
the growing number of regular rate students. In fact, Aspen Group expects Legacy Tuition Plan students’ contribution to financial results to be
immaterial for fiscal year 2015.
40
Cost of Revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)
The Company’s cost of revenues consists of instructional costs and services and marketing and promotional costs which were previously
reported separately.
Instructional Costs and Services
Instructional costs and services for the 2013 Transition Period rose to $345,727 from $266,682 for the 2012 Transition Period, an increase of
$79,045 or 30%. The increase is primarily attributable to higher faculty cost due to the increase in overall student course completions. As
student enrollment levels increase, instructional costs and services should rise proportionately. However, as Aspen increases its full-time
degree-seeking student enrollments, the higher gross margins associated with such students should lead to the growth rate in instructional
costs and services to significantly lag that of overall revenues growth.
Marketing and Promotional
Marketing and promotional costs for the 2013 Transition Period was $404,203 compared to $598,728 for the 2012 Transition Period, a
decrease of $194,525 or 32%. These expenses are primarily attributable to marketing efficiency – specifically Aspen’s cost per exclusive lead
has decreased by 33% year-over-year for the Transition Period, from an average cost per exclusive lead of $78.27 for the 2012 Transition
Period to $58.66 for the 2013 Transition Period. Moreover, Aspen’s vertically-integrated strategy of proprietary lead generation marketing has
effectively allowed the Company to drop the marketing spend by 32% year-over-year, while achieving 63% more new full-time, degree-
seeking enrollments year-over-year.
Costs and Expenses
General and Administrative
General and administrative costs for the 2013 Transition Period were $1,670,812 compared to $2,123,685 during the 2012 Transition Period,
a decrease of $452,873 or 21%. The decrease is comprised of two major components – payroll costs and professional fees. Payroll costs
decreased by approximately $225,000 and professional fees decreased by approximately $276,000 primarily related to legal and accounting
fees. Included in the 2012 amounts were professional fees associated with the reverse merger regulatory filings with the DOE and the DETC,
post-reverse merger regulatory filings with the DOE, the filing of the Super 8-K and activities for Aspen’s capital raising activities.
Professional fees declined during the 2013 Transition Period, particularly as a result of a reduction of these one-time costs and Aspen Group’s
auditors agreeing to a flat-fee arrangement. Stock based compensation included in general and administration expense increased by $72,457 or
89% as a result of the implementation of, and stock option grants under, the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization costs for the 2013 Transition Period rose to $159,269 from $121,812 for the 2012 Transition Period, an
increase of 31%. The increase is primarily attributable to higher levels of capitalized technology costs as Aspen continues the infrastructure
build-out initiated in 2011.
Other Income (Expense)
Other income for the 2013 Transition Period increased to $59,860 from $3,617 in the 2012 Transition Period, an increase of $56,243. The
increase is primarily attributable to a tax credit received in Canada related to our technology infrastructure build out.
Income Taxes
Income taxes expense (benefit) for the 2013 and 2012 Transition Periods was $0 as Aspen Group experienced operating losses in both
periods. As management made a full valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets stemming from these losses, there was no tax benefit
recorded in the statement of operations in both periods.
41
Net Loss
Net loss allocable to common stockholders for the 2013 Transition Period was ($1,402,982) as compared to ($2,213,119) for the 2012
Transition Period, a decrease of $810,138 or approximately 58%. The decrease is primarily attributable to the absence of the one-time costs in
general and administrative cost and the gross profit improvements discussed above.
Discontinued Operations
As of March 31, 2013, Aspen Group discontinued business activities related to its agreement with CLS. See Note 1 of the consolidated
financial statements contained herein. The following table details the results of the discontinued operations for the 2013 Transition Period and
2012 Transition Period:
Revenues
Costs and expenses:
Cost of revenue
General and Administrative
Total costs and expenses
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
Non-GAAP – Financial Measures
For the Four Months
Ended April 30,
2013
2012
$
140,732 $ 1,077,875
126,659
126,000
252,659
929,362
—
929,362
$
(111,927) $
148,513
The following discussion and analysis includes both financial measures in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or
GAAP, as well as non-GAAP financial measures. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s
performance, financial position or cash flows that either excludes or includes amounts that are not normally included or excluded in the most
directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed as
supplemental to, and should not be considered as alternatives to net income, operating income, and cash flow from operating activities,
liquidity or any other financial measures. They may not be indicative of the historical operating results of Aspen Group nor are they intended
to be predictive of potential future results. Investors should not consider non-GAAP financial measures in isolation or as substitutes for
performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.
Our management uses and relies on Adjusted EBITDA and Gross Profit (exclusive of depreciation and amortization), non-GAAP financial
measures. We believe that both management and shareholders benefit from referring to the following non-GAAP financial measures in
planning, forecasting and analyzing future periods. Our management uses these non-GAAP financial measures in evaluating its financial and
operational decision making and as a means to evaluate period-to-period comparison. Our management recognizes that the non-GAAP
financial measures have inherent limitations because of the described excluded items.
Aspen Group defines Adjusted EBITDA as earnings (or loss) from continuing operations before preferred dividends, interest expense,
collateral valuation adjustment, bad debt expense, depreciation and amortization, warrant conversion expense, non-recurring charges and
amortization of stock-based compensation. Aspen Group excludes the charges from collateral valuation adjustment, bad debt expense and
stock based compensation because they are non-cash in nature. The preferred dividends were derived from Aspen. Upon the closing of the
Reverse Merger, Aspen preferred stock was exchanged for Aspen Group common stock and dividends will not accrue in the future. In 2014,
Aspen Group excluded non-recurring charges. Adjusted EBITDA is an important measure of our operating performance because it allows
management, investors and analysts to evaluate and assess our core operating results from period-to-period after removing the impact of items
of a non-operational nature that affect comparability.
Aspen Group defines Gross Profit (exclusive of depreciation and amortization), a non-GAAP financial measure, as revenues less cost of
revenues (instructional costs and services and marketing and promotional costs) excluding the amortization of courseware and software.
42
We have included a reconciliation of our non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable financial measure calculated in accordance
We have included a reconciliation of our non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable financial measure calculated in accordance
with GAAP. We believe that providing the non-GAAP financial measures, together with the reconciliation to GAAP, helps investors make
comparisons between Aspen Group and other companies. In making any comparisons to other companies, investors need to be aware that
companies use different non-GAAP measures to evaluate their financial performance. Investors should pay close attention to the specific
definition being used and to the reconciliation between such measure and the corresponding GAAP measure provided by each company under
applicable SEC rules.
The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net loss allocable to common shareholders, a GAAP financial measure:
For the year For the year
ended
April 30,
2014
ended
For the
December 31, Four Months Ended April 30,
2012
2013
2012
Net loss allocable to common shareholders
Accretion of preferred dividends
Interest Expense, net of interest income
Bad Debt Expense
Depreciation & Amortization
Receivable collateral valuation reserve
Amortization of prepaid services
Amortization of debt issue costs
Amortization of debt discount
Warrant conversion exercise expense
Non-recurring charges
Stock-based compensation
Adjusted EBITDA (Loss)
$ (5,350,348) $ (6,048,113) $ (1,402,982) $ (2,213,119)
37,379
2,261
32,955
121,812
—
—
—
—
—
—
81,605
$ (2,384,551) $ (3,986,590) $ (1,046,244) $ (1,937,107)
—
6,407
37,000
159,269
—
—
—
—
—
—
154,062
37,379
93,824
302,952
397,923
502,315
113,000
266,473
—
—
—
347,657
—
230,931
154,732
474,752
123,647
285,084
131,657
294,640
156,952
504,973
608,429
The following table presents a reconciliation of Gross Profit (exclusive of depreciation and amortization), a non-GAAP financial measure, to
gross profit calculated in accordance with GAAP:
For the year
ended
April 30,
2014
For the year
ended
December 31,
2012
For the
Four Months Ended April 30,
2013
2012
(Unaudited)
Revenues
$ 3,981,722
$ 2,684,931
$ 1,229,096
$
745,656
Costs of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown
separately
1,859,764
2,068,812
749,930
865,408
Gross profit (exclusive of depreciation and amortization
Amortization expenses excluded from cost of revenues
2,121,958
616,119
479,166
53%
23%
39%
439,937
368,014
145,331
(119,752)
-16%
112,286
GAAP gross profit
$ 1,682,021
$
42%
248,105
$
9%
333,835
$
27%
(232,038)
-31%
43
For the year ended April 30, 2014, the Gross Profit (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) was $2,122,008 or 53% vs. a gross profit of
$616,119 or 23% for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $1,505,889 or a margin increase of 30%. The increase in Gross Profit
(exclusive of depreciation and amortization) and gross margin percentage is primarily the result of the growth in tuition revenues and the
increase in average tuition rates, coupled with the efficiencies realized in lower cost per exclusive leads and higher enrollments noted above.
For the 2013 Transition Period, the Gross Profit (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) was $479,166 or 39% vs. a gross loss of
$119,759 or (16)% for the comparable period in the prior year, an increase of $598,925 or a margin increase of 55%. The increase in Gross
Profit (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) and gross margin percentage is primarily the result of the growth in tuition revenues and the
increase in average tuition rates, coupled with the efficiencies realized in lower cost per exclusive leads and higher enrollments noted above.
Capital Resources and Liquidity
A summary of our cash flows is as follows:
Net cash used in operating activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities
Net cash provided by discontinued operations
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Net Cash Used in Operating Activities
For the Year For the Year
Ended
April 30,
2014
Ended
December 31,
2012
Four Months Ended
April 30,
2013
2012
$ (3,664,964) $ (4,522,710) $
(619,801)
4,901,548
51,599
(189,364) $
(995,652)
4,114,283
68,731
(477,602) $
$
(918,941) $ (1,132,264)
(59,511)
(166,395)
938,765
1,041,540
78,398
191,540
(174,612)
147,744 $
Net cash used in operating activities during the year ended April 30, 2014 totaled ($3,664,964) and resulted primarily from a net loss from
continuing operations of ($5,435,011) offset by non-cash items of $2,229,893 and a net change in operating assets and liabilities of
($459,847). Net cash used in operating activities include non-recurring expenses of $504,973 which are comprised of primarily professional
fees related to activities discussed previously (see General & Administrative Expense above).
Net cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2012 totaled ($4,522,710) and resulted primarily from a net loss
from continuing operations of ($6,147,044) offset by non-cash items of $1,796,910 and a net change in operating assets and liabilities of
($172,576). Net cash used in operating activities include non-recurring expenses of $702,093 which are comprised of professional fees related
to activities discussed previously (see General & Administrative Expense above).
Net cash used in operating activities during the 2013 Transition Period totaled ($918,914) and resulted primarily from a net loss of
($1,402,982) offset by non-cash items of $350,331, of which the $159,269 in Depreciation and Amortization and $154,062 in Stock based
compensation were the most significant, and a net change in operating assets and liabilities of $918,941, of which the $288,117, increase in
accounts receivable was the most significant.
Net cash used in operating activities during the 2012 Transition Period totaled ($1,132,264) and resulted primarily from a net loss of
($2,213,119) offset by non-cash items of $236,372 and a net change in operating assets and liabilities of $957,361.
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities during the year ended April 30, 2014 totaled ($995,652) and resulted primarily from capitalized
technology and courseware expenditures of ($392,527) and a net increase of restricted cash of ($603,125).
Net cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2012 totaled ($619,801) and resulted primarily from capitalized
technology and courseware expenditures of ($505,146) and a net increase of restricted cash of ($264,992), offset by officer loan repayments
received of $150,000.
44
Net cash used in investing activities during the 2013 Transition Period totaled ($166,395) and resulted primarily from capitalized technology
Net cash used in investing activities during the 2013 Transition Period totaled ($166,395) and resulted primarily from capitalized technology
expenditures.
Net cash used in investing activities during the 2012 Transition Period totaled ($59,511), resulting primarily from capitalized technology
expenditures of ($200,933), offset by officer loan repayments received of $150,000.
Net Cash Provided By Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended April 30, 2014 totaled $4,114,283 which resulted primarily from proceeds
from the net issuance of debt and equity securities and warrants of $3,389,299 offset by issuance costs of ($48,240), proceeds from a warrant
exercise of $804,049, a debt repayment of ($25,000) and a reduction of a line of credit of ($5,824).
Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2012 totaled $4,901,548 which resulted primarily from
proceeds from the net issuance of debt and equity securities and warrants of $5,370,021 offset by issuance costs of ($266,473) and the
repurchase of treasury shares of ($202,000).
Net cash provided by financing activities during the 2013 Transition Period totaled $1,041,540 which resulted primarily from the issuance of
common shares and warrants.
Net cash provided by financing activities during the 2012 Transition Period totaled $938,765 and resulted primarily from proceeds from the
issuance of convertible notes.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Historically, our primary source of liquidity is cash receipts from tuition and the issuances of debt and equity securities. The primary uses of
cash are payroll related expenses, professional expenses and instructional and marketing expenses.
As of July 29, 2014, our cash balances (excluding $898,225 in restricted cash) were approximately $1,790,000. On July 29, 2014, we raised
approximately $1,630,000 from an initial closing of a $4,030,000 private placement; the offering continues until August 31, 2014. No broker-
dealer was involved. We expect to receive at least $1,870,000 in additional proceeds. If we raise at least a total of $3,500,000 in this private
placement, we plan to use the proceeds to pre-pay our $2,240,000 in debentures. Installments of $560,000 in principal plus accrued interest are
due November 1, 2014 and January 1, 2015 with the final principal installment of $1,120,000 due April 1, 2015.
If we raise less than $3,500,000, we expect we will need to complete a financing no later than late March 2015 to pay the debentures.
Depending on the final proceeds in the current offering, we may not be able to expand our sales and marketing as anticipated beginning in
November, which will affect our growth.
Depending on our cash position, we may spend approximately $500,000 in capital expenditures over the next 12 months. These capital
expenditures will be allocated across growth initiatives including expansion of Aspen’s call center activities subject to academic courseware
development and further improvements in Aspen’s technology infrastructure. Depending on management’s efforts to realize efficiencies in
technology development, our capital expenditures may be less than anticipated.
Our cash balances are kept liquid to support our needs. The majority of our cash is concentrated in large financial institutions.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
In response to financial reporting release FR-60, Cautionary Advice Regarding Disclosure About Critical Accounting Policies, from the SEC,
we have selected our more subjective accounting estimation processes for purposes of explaining the methodology used in calculating the
estimate, in addition to the inherent uncertainties pertaining to the estimate and the possible effects on the our financial condition. The
accounting estimates are discussed below and involve certain assumptions that, if incorrect, could have a material adverse impact on our results
of operations and financial condition.
45
Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue
Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue
Revenue consisting primarily of tuition and fees derived from courses taught by Aspen online as well as from related educational resources
that Aspen provides to its students, such as access to our online materials and learning management system. Tuition revenue is recognized pro-
rata over the applicable period of instruction. Aspen maintains an institutional tuition refund policy, which provides for all or a portion of
tuition to be refunded if a student withdraws during stated refund periods. Certain states in which students reside impose separate, mandatory
refund policies, which override Aspen’s policy to the extent in conflict. If a student withdraws at a time when a portion or none of the tuition
is refundable, then in accordance with its revenue recognition policy, Aspen recognizes as revenue the tuition that was not refunded. Since
Aspen recognizes revenue pro-rata over the term of the course and because, under its institutional refund policy, the amount subject to refund
is never greater than the amount of the revenue that has been deferred, under Aspen’s accounting policies revenue is not recognized with
respect to amounts that could potentially be refunded. Aspen’s educational programs have starting and ending dates that differ from its fiscal
quarters. Therefore, at the end of each fiscal quarter, a portion of revenue from these programs is not yet earned and is therefore deferred.
Aspen also charges students annual fees for library, technology and other services, which are recognized over the related service period.
Deferred revenue represents the amount of tuition, fees, and other student payments received in excess of the portion recognized as revenue
and it is included in current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Other revenue may be recognized as sales occur or
services are performed.
Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue – Discontinued Operations
Aspen entered into certain revenue sharing arrangements with consultants whereby the consultants developed course content primarily for
technology related courses, recommend, but not select, faculty, lease equipment on behalf of Aspen for instructional purposes for the on-site
laboratory portion of distance learning courses and make introductions to corporate and government sponsoring organizations who provide
students for the courses. Aspen has evaluated ASC 605-45 "Principal Agent Considerations" and determined that there are more indicators
than not that Aspen is the primary obligor in the arrangements since Aspen establishes the tuition, interfaces with the student or sponsoring
organization, selects the faculty, is responsible for delivering the course, is responsible for issuing any degrees or certificates, and is
responsible for collecting the tuition and fees. The gross tuition and fees are included in revenue while the revenue sharing payments are
included in instructional costs and services, an operating expense. As a result of presenting this component as discontinued operations, the
revenue is now included in income from discontinued operations for all periods presented.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable
All students are required to select both a primary and secondary payment option with respect to amounts due to Aspen for tuition, fees and
other expenses. The most common payment option for Aspen’s students is personal funds or payment made on their behalf by an employer.
In instances where a student selects financial aid as the primary payment option, he or she often selects personal cash as the secondary option.
If a student who has selected financial aid as his or her primary payment option withdraws prior to the end of a course but after the date that
Aspen’s institutional refund period has expired, the student will have incurred the obligation to pay the full cost of the course. If the
withdrawal occurs before the date at which the student has earned 100% of his or her financial aid, Aspen will have to return all or a portion of
the Title IV funds to the DOE and the student will owe Aspen all amounts incurred that are in excess of the amount of financial aid that the
student earned and that Aspen is entitled to retain. In this case, Aspen must collect the receivable using the student’s second payment option.
For accounts receivable from students, Aspen records an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability,
failure or refusal of its students to make required payments, which includes the recovery of financial aid funds advanced to a student for
amounts in excess of the student’s cost of tuition and related fees. Aspen determines the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts using
a general reserve method based on an analysis of its historical bad debt experience, current economic trends, and the aging of the accounts
receivable and student status. Aspen applies reserves to its receivables based upon an estimate of the risk presented by the age of the
receivables and student status. Aspen writes off accounts receivable balances at the time the balances are deemed uncollectible. Aspen
continues to reflect accounts receivable with an offsetting allowance as long as management believes there is a reasonable possibility of
collection.
For accounts receivable from primary payors other than students, Aspen estimates its allowance for doubtful accounts by evaluating specific
accounts where information indicates the customers may have an inability to meet financial obligations, such as bankruptcy proceedings and
receivable amounts outstanding for an extended period beyond contractual terms. In these cases, Aspen uses assumptions and judgment, based
on the best available facts and circumstances, to record a specific allowance for those customers against amounts due to reduce the receivable
to the amount expected to be collected. These specific allowances are re-evaluated and adjusted as additional information is received. The
amounts calculated are analyzed to determine the total amount of the allowance. Aspen may also record a general allowance as necessary.
46
Direct write-offs are taken in the period when Aspen has exhausted its efforts to collect overdue and unpaid receivables or otherwise evaluate
Direct write-offs are taken in the period when Aspen has exhausted its efforts to collect overdue and unpaid receivables or otherwise evaluate
other circumstances that indicate that Aspen should abandon such efforts.
Related Party Transactions
Our Chief Executive Officer has loaned us $1,600,000. In July 2014, he extended the due dates of two $300,000 convertible notes and a
$1,000,000 note payable until January 1, 2016.
In March 2014, our former Chief Financial Officer resigned to pursue other interests. Effective November 1, 2014, we entered into a
consulting agreement with him and agreed to pay him $150,000 for services as a part-time consultant.
New Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2 to our April 30, 2014 consolidated financial statements included herein for discussion of recent accounting pronouncements.
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements
This report includes forward-looking statements including statements regarding liquidity and capital expenditures.
The words “believe,” “may,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “should,” “plan,” “could,” “target,” “potential,” “is likely,” “will,”
“expect” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-
looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our
financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs.
The results anticipated by any or all of these forward-looking statements might not occur. Important factors, uncertainties and risks that may
cause actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements are contained in the Risk Factors contained herein. We
undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as the result of new information, future events or
otherwise. For more information regarding some of the ongoing risks and uncertainties of our business, see the Risk Factors and our other
filings with the SEC.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
Not applicable.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
The requirements of this Item can be found beginning on page F-1.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE.
Not applicable.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management carried out an evaluation, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Based on
their evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective
as of the end of the period covered by this report.
47
Management’s Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-
15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Principal Executive Officer and
Principal Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the period covered by
this report. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsor Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on that evaluation, our management concluded that our internal
control over financial reporting was effective based on that criteria.
Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of our Principal Executive Officer and Principal
Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements
for external reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that
(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;
(ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with
GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and
(iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that
could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or
that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the period covered by this report that have materially affected, or
are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.
None.
48
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
PART III
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be
filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended April 30, 2014.
Our Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to all officers, directors and employees, which is available on our website
(http://ir.aspen.edu/governance-documents) under "Corporate Governance." We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of
Form 8-K regarding amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our Code of Ethics and by posting such information on our website at the
address and location specified above.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be
filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended April 30, 2014.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be
filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended April 30, 2014.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be
filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended April 30, 2014.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.
The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be
filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended April 30, 2014.
49
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
(a) Documents filed as part of the report.
PART IV
(1) Financial Statements. See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements, which appears on page F-1 hereof. The financial statements
listed in the accompanying Index to Consolidated Financial Statements are filed herewith in response to this Item.
(2) Financial Statements Schedules. All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or because the required information is
contained in the consolidated financial statements or notes included in this report.
(3) Exhibits. See the Exhibit Index.
50
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
Date: July 29, 2014
Aspen Group, Inc.
By: /s/ Michael Mathews
Michael Mathews
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of
the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
Title
Date
/s/ Michael Mathews
Michael Mathews
/s/ Janet Gill
Janet Gill
/s/ Dr. Michael D’Anton
Dr. Michael D’Anton
/s/ C. James Jensen
C. James Jensen
Andrew Kaplan
/s/ David E. Pasi
David E. Pasi
Sanford Rich
/s/ Dr. John Scheibelhoffer
Dr. John Scheibelhoffer
/s/ Paul Schneier
Paul Schneier
/s/ Rick Solomon
Rick Solomon
Principal Executive Officer and Director
July 29, 2014
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
51
July 29, 2014
July 29, 2014
July 29, 2014
July 29, 2014
July 29, 2014
July 29, 2014
July 29, 2014
Aspen Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of April 30, 2014 and 2013
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended April 30, 2014, the four months ended April 30, 2013
and 2012 (unaudited) and for the year ended December 31, 2012
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency) for the year ended April 30, 2014, the
four months ended April 30, 2013, and for the year ended December 31, 2012
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended April 30, 2014, the four months ended April 30, 2013
and 2012 (unaudited) and for the year ended December 31, 2012
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Page
F-2
F-3
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-9
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of:
Aspen Group, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Aspen Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of April 30, 2014 and 2013, and the
related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity (deficiency) and cash flows for the year ended April 30, 2014,
the four months ended April 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position
of Aspen Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of April 30, 2014 and 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the
year ended April 30, 2014, the four months ended April 30, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2012 in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ Salberg & Company, P.A.
SALBERG & COMPANY, P.A.
Boca Raton, Florida
July 29, 2014
2295 NW Corporate Blvd., Suite 240 • Boca Raton, FL 33431-7328
Phone: (561) 995-8270• Toll Free: (866) CPA-8500• Fax: (561) 995-1920
www.salbergco.com • info@salbergco.com
Member National Association of Certified Valuation Analysts • Registered with the PCAOB
Member CPAConnect with Affiliated Offices Worldwide • Member AICPA Center for Audit Quality
F-2
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $221,537 and $72,535 respectively
Prepaid expenses
Net assets from discontinued operations (Note 1)
Total current assets
Property and equipment:
Call center equipment
Computer and office equipment
Furniture and fixtures
Library (online)
Software
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
Total property and equipment, net
Courseware, net
Accounts receivable, secured - related party, net of allowance of $625,963 and $502,315 respectively
Debt issuance costs, net
Other assets
$
April 30,
2014
2013
247,380 $
868,298
649,890
45,884
5,250
1,816,702
122,653
66,118
36,446
100,000
1,894,215
2,219,432
(938,703)
1,280,729
108,882
146,831
205,515
25,181
724,982
265,173
364,788
165,426
113,822
1,634,191
121,313
61,036
32,914
100,000
1,518,142
1,833,405
(569,665)
1,263,740
208,095
270,478
—
25,181
Total assets
$
3,583,840 $
3,401,685
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-3
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficiency)
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Deferred revenue
Refunds Due Students
Loan payable to stockholder
Deferred rent, current portion
Convertible notes payable, current portion
Debenture payable, net of discounts of $452,771
Net liabilities from discontinued operations (Note 1)
Total current liabilities
Line of credit
Loan payable officer – related party
Convertible notes payable – related party
Deferred rent
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies - See Note 10
Stockholders’ equity (deficiency):
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 120,000,000 shares authorized,
73,414,478 issued and 73,214,478 outstanding at April 30,2014
58,573,222 issued and 58,373,222 outstanding at April 30, 2013
Additional paid-in capital
Treasury stock (200,000 shares)
Accumulated deficit
Total stockholders’ equity (deficiency)
April 30,
2014
2013
$
454,783 $
143,975
653,518
288,121
491
13,699
175,000
1,787,229
—
3,516,816
244,175
1,000,000
600,000
7,751
5,368,742
313,405
128,569
904,590
253,883
491
10,418
200,000
—
124,504
1,935,860
250,000
—
600,000
21,450
2,807,310
73,414
16,302,118
(70,000)
(18,090,434)
(1,784,902)
58,573
13,345,888
(70,000)
(12,740,086)
594,375
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficiency)
$
3,583,840 $
3,401,685
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
For the year
ended
April 30,
2014
For the year
ended
December 31,
For the
Four Months Ended April 30,
2012
2013
2012
(Unaudited)
$
3,981,722 $
2,684,931 $
1,229,096 $
745,656
Revenues
Operating expenses
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown
separately below)
General and administrative
Receivable collateral valuation reserve
Depreciation and amortization
Total costs and expenses
1,859,764
6,300,229
123,647
474,752
8,758,392
2,068,812
5,508,507
502,315
397,923
8,477,557
749,930
1,670,812
—
159,269
2,580,011
865,408
2,123,685
—
121,812
3,110,905
Operating loss from continuing operations
(4,776,670)
(5,792,626)
(1,350,915)
(2,365,249)
Other income (expense):
Interest income
Interest expense
Gain on disposal of property and equipment
Other Income
Total other expense
1,035
(659,997)
—
621
(658,341)
4,592
(364,889)
5,879
—
(354,418)
330
(6,737)
—
66,267
59,860
672
(2,934)
5,879
—
3,617
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
(5,435,011)
(6,147,044)
(1,291,055)
(2,361,632)
Income tax expense (benefit)
Loss from continuing operations
Discontinued operations (Note 1)
—
—
—
—
(5,435,011)
(6,147,044)
(1,291,055)
(2,361,632)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
84,663
136,310
(111,927)
148,513
Net loss
(5,350,348)
(6,010,734)
(1,402,982)
(2,213,119)
Cumulative preferred stock dividends
—
(37,379)
—
(37,379)
Net loss allocable to common stockholders
$
(5,350,348) $
(6,048,113) $
(1,402,982) $
(2,250,498)
$
Loss per share from continuing operations - basic and diluted
Income per share from discontinued operations - basic and diluted
$
Net loss per share allocable to common stockholders – basic and diluted $
(0.09) $
0.00 $
(0.09) $
(0.17) $
0.00 $
(0.17) $
(0.02) $
(0.00) $
(0.03) $
(0.11)
0.01
(0.11)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
Basic and diluted
62,031,861
35,316,681
56,089,884
21,135,361
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
For the Year Ended April 30, 2014, the Four Months Ended April 30, 2013 and the Year Ended December 31, 2012
Preferred Stock
Series B
Series C
Common Stock
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Treasury
Stock
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Stockholders'
Equity
(Deficiency)
368,411 $
368 11,307,450 $
11,307 11,837,930 $
11,838 $ 3,275,296 $
— $ (5,326,370 ) $ (2,027,561 )
(368,411 )
—
(368 ) (11,307,450)
—
—
(11,307 ) 13,677,274
— 9,760,000
13,677 3,467,983
(30,629 )
9,760
—
—
— 3,469,985
(20,869 )
—
—
—
—
— 5,293,152
5,293 1,770,532
—
— 1,775,825
—
—
—
— 9,920,000
9,920 3,015,316
—
— 3,025,236
—
—
—
— 4,516,917
4,517
(4,517 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
202,446
203
70,451
—
—
70,654
—
—
—
—
(264,000 )
(264 )
(131,736 )
(70,000 )
—
(202,000 )
—
—
—
—
200,000
200
69,800
—
—
70,000
—
—
—
—
100,000
100
42,900
—
—
43,000
—
—
—
—
—
—
238,562
—
—
238,562
—
—
—
—
—
—
22,000
—
—
22,000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
347,657
—
—
—
—
347,657
(6,010,734 ) (6,010,734 )
—
—
—
— 55,243,719
55,244 12,153,615
(70,000 ) (11,337,104 )
801,755
—
—
—
— 3,329,503
3,329 1,038,211
—
— 1,041,540
Balance at
December 31,
2011
Conversion of
all preferred
shares into
common
shares
Recapitalization
Conversion of
convertible
notes into
common
shares
Issuance of
common
shares and
warrants for
cash, net of
offering costs
of $446,764
Issuance of
common
shares and
warrants due
to price
protection
Issuance of
common
shares and
warrants to
settle accrued
interest
Treasury shares
acquired for
cash
Issuance of
common
shares for
services
Issuance of
common
shares and
warrants for
services
Issuance of
stock options
to officers to
settle accrued
payroll
Issuance of
stock options
to officers to
settle note
payable
Stock-based
compensation
Net loss, 2012
Balance at
December 31,
2012
Issuance of
common
shares and
warrants for
cash, net of
offering costs
of $123,788
Stock-based
compensation
—
—
—
—
—
—
154,062
—
—
154,062
Net loss, Four
Months
Ended April
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1,402,982 )
(1,402,982 )
30, 2013
Balance at
April 30,
2013
Issuance of
common
shares for
investor
relation
services
Offering cost
for
professional
services from
private
placement
Stock-based
compensation
Warrants issued
in financing
Warrants
exercised
Warrant
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1,402,982 ) (1,402,982 )
—
—
—
— 58,573,222
58,573 13,345,888
(70,000 ) (12,740,086 )
594,375
—
—
—
—
617,143
617
215,383
—
—
216,000
—
—
—
—
—
—
(48,240 )
—
—
(48,240 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
608,429
—
—
608,429
—
—
—
—
—
—
483,881
—
—
483,881
—
—
—
— 7,006,064
7,006
797,043
—
—
804,049
Modification
—
—
—
—
—
—
156,952
—
—
156,952
Shares issued
for price
protection
Issuance of
common
shares for
cash
Net loss, Year
Ended April
30, 2014
Balance at
April 30,
2014
—
—
—
— 3,270,678
3,271
(3,271 )
—
—
—
—
—
—
— 3,947,371
3,947
746,053
—
—
750,000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(5,350,348 ) (5,350,348 )
— $
—
— $
— 73,414,478 $
73,414 $ 16,302,118 $
(70,000 ) $(18,090,434 ) $ (1,784,902 )
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss
Less income (loss) from discontinued operations
Loss from continuing operations
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating
activities:
Bad debt expense
Receivable collateral valuation reserve
Amortization of debt issuance costs
Amortization of debt discount
Gain on disposal of property and equipment
Depreciation and amortization
Loss on settlement of accrued interest
Issuance of convertible notes in exchange for services rendered
Stock-based compensation
Warrant modification expense
Common shares and warrants issued for services rendered
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of
acquisition:
Accounts receivable
Prepaid expenses
Other current assets
Other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Deferred rent
Title IV funds in transit
Deferred revenue
Other current liabilities
Net cash used in operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash acquired as part of merger
Purchases of property and equipment
Purchases of courseware
Increase in restricted cash
Proceeds received from officer loan repayments
Net cash used in investing activities
For the Year
Ended
April 30,
2014
For the Year
Ended
December 31,
For the
Four Months Ended April 30,
2012
2013
2012
(Unaudited)
$
(5,350,348) $
84,663
(5,435,011)
(6,010,734) $
136,310
(6,147,044)
(1,402,982) $
(111,927)
(1,291,055)
(2,213,119)
148,513
(2,361,632)
154,732
123,647
131,657
294,640
—
474,752
—
—
608,429
156,952
285,084
133,907
502,315
266,473
—
(5,879)
397,923
3,339
38,175
347,657
—
113,000
(439,834)
50,456
—
—
141,378
15,405
(10,418)
34,238
(251,071)
—
(3,664,964)
(327,524)
(89,265)
(68,790)
(18,622)
(186,701)
252,771
(4,291)
—
200,846
69,000
(4,522,710)
—
(386,027)
(6,500)
(603,125)
—
(995,652)
337
(479,846)
(25,300)
(264,992)
150,000
(619,801)
37,000
—
—
—
—
159,269
—
—
154,062
—
—
(288,117)
27,107
69,000
—
97,609
52,658
10,593
—
121,933
(69,000)
(918,941)
—
(166,214)
—
(181)
—
(166,395)
32,955
—
—
—
(5,879)
121,812
3,339
38,175
81,605
—
—
(30,001)
(44,683)
210
—
727,214
191,532
(1,073)
—
114,162
—
(1,132,264)
(378)
(200,933)
(8,200)
—
150,000
(59,511)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-7
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from (repayments on) line of credit, net
Proceeds from issuance of common shares and warrants, net
Principal payments on notes payable
Proceeds received from issuance of convertible notes and warrants
Proceeds from related party for convertible notes
Proceeds from related party for note
Disbursements for debt issuance costs
Proceeds from warrant exercise
Payments for line of credit
Proceeds from note payable
Disbursements to purchase treasury shares
Net cash provided by financing activities
Cash flows from discontinued operations:
Cash flows from operating activities
Net cash provided by discontinued operations
For the Year
Ended
April 30,
2014
For the Year
Ended
December 31,
For the
Four Months Ended April 30,
2012
2013
2012
(Unaudited)
—
750,000
(25,000)
1,639,298
—
1,000,000
(48,240)
804,049
(5,824)
—
—
4,114,283
16,785
3,025,236
—
1,706,000
600,000
—
(266,473)
—
—
22,000
(202,000)
4,901,548
—
1,041,540
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,041,540
(8,215)
—
—
1,059,000
—
—
(112,020)
—
—
—
—
938,765
68,731
68,731
51,599
51,599
191,540
191,540
78,398
78,398
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
(477,602)
(189,364)
147,744
(174,612)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
724,982
766,602
577,238
766,602
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest
Cash paid for income taxes
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Conversion of all preferred shares into common shares
Conversion of convertible notes payable into common shares
Issuance of stock options to officers to settle accrued payroll
Conversion of loans payable to convertible notes payable
Issuance of common shares and warrants to settle accrued interest
Issuance of stock options to officers to settle note payable
Liabilities assumed in recapitalization
Settlement of notes payable by disposal of property and equipment
Issuance of convertible notes payable to pay accounts payable
Issuance of common shares for prepaid services
Warrant value recorded as debt issue cost
Warrant value recorded as debt discount
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
247,380 $
577,238 $
724,982 $
591,990
— $
— $
273,781 $
— $
1,494 $
— $
2,681
—
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
216,000 $
94,316 $
389,565 $
3,469,985 $
1,775,825 $
238,562 $
200,000 $
70,654 $
22,000 $
21,206 $
15,151 $
11,650 $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
3,469,985
20,000
—
200,000
—
22,000
21,206
15,151
11,650
—
—
—
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-8
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2014 and 2013
Note 1. Nature of Operations and Liquidity
Overview
Aspen Group, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company” or “Aspen”) was founded in Colorado in 1987 as the International School
of Information Management. On September 30, 2004, it was acquired by Higher Education Management Group, Inc. (“HEMG”) and changed
its name to Aspen University Inc. On March 13, 2012, the Company was recapitalized in a reverse merger (See Note 12). All references to the
Company or Aspen before March 13, 2012 are to Aspen University, Inc. (“Aspen University”).
On April 5, 2013, the Company gave 120-day notice to CLS 123, LLC of its intent to terminate the agreement between the Company and CLS
123, LLC dated November 9, 2011. Moreover, at the end of the 120-day period, the Company shall no longer be offering the “Certificate in
Information Technology with a specialization in Smart Home Integration” program. Accordingly, the activities related to CLS (or the “Smart
Home Integration Certificate” program) are treated as discontinued operations. As this component of the business was not sold, there was no
gain or loss on the disposition of this component (see below “Discontinued Operations”).
On April 25, 2013, our Board of Directors approved a change in our fiscal year-end from December 31 to April 30, with the change to the
calendar year reporting cycle beginning May 1, 2013. Consequently, we filed a Transition Report on Form 10-KT for the four-month
transition period ended April 30, 2013. References in this report to fiscal 2012 indicate the calendar year ended December 31, 2012. Financial
information in these notes with respect to the four months ended April 30, 2012 is unaudited.
Aspen University’s mission is to offer any motivated college-worthy student the opportunity to receive a high quality, responsibly priced
distance-learning education for the purpose of achieving sustainable economic and social benefits for themselves and their families. One of the
key differences between Aspen and other publicly-traded, exclusively online, for-profit universities is that approximately 87% of our full-time
degree-seeking students (as of April 30, 2014) were enrolled in graduate degree programs (Master or Doctorate degree program). Since 1993,
we have been nationally accredited by the Distance Education and Training Council (“DETC”), a national accrediting agency recognized by the
U.S. Department of Education (the “DOE”).
Discontinued Operations
As of March 31, 2013, the Company decided to discontinue business activities related to its “Certificate in Information Technology with a
specialization in Smart Home Integration” program so that it may focus on growing its full-time, degree-seeking student programs, which have
higher gross margins. On April 5, 2013, the Company gave 120-day notice to CLS 123, LLC of its intent to terminate the agreement between
the Company and CLS 123, LLC dated November 9, 2011. Thus, as of August 3, 2013, the Company is no longer offering the “Certificate in
Information Technology with a specialization in Smart Home Integration” program. The termination of the “Smart Home Integration
Certificate” program qualifies as a discontinued operation and accordingly the Company has excluded results for this component from its
continuing operations in the consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented. The following table shows the results of the
“Smart Home Integration Certificate” program component included in the income (loss) from discontinued operations:
For the year
ended
April 30,
2014
For the year
ended
December 31,
For the
Four Months Ended April 30,
2012
2013
2012
(Unaudited)
Revenues
$
549,125 $
2,332,283 $
140,732 $
1,077,875
Costs and expenses:
Instructional costs and services
General and administrative
Total costs and expenses
494,213
(29,751)
464,462
2,026,928
169,045
2,195,973
126,659
126,000
252,659
929,362
—
929,362
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
$
84,663 $
136,310 $
(111,927) $
148,513
F-9
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2014 and 2013
The major classes of assets and liabilities of discontinued operations on the balance sheet are as follows:
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $481,531 and $295,045, respectively
Other current assets
Net assets from discontinued operations
Liabilities
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Deferred revenue
Net liabilities from discontinued operations
Liquidity
April 30,
2014
April 30,
2013
$
$
$
$
— $
5,250
—
5,250 $
— $
—
—
— $
—
113,822
—
113,822
1,178
70,201
53,125
124,504
At April 30, 2014, the Company had a cash balance of approximately $1.1 million which includes $868,000 of restricted cash. In July, 2014,
the company completed a financing of $1,631,500 which is part of a total financing of $4,030,000. With the additional cash raised in the
financing, the growth in the company revenues and improving operating margins, the Company believes that it has sufficient cash to allow the
Company to grow. Management expects that the Company will attain positive cash flow in the quarter ending October 31, 2014.
Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Aspen Group, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany
balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial
statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates in the accompanying consolidated financial statements
include the allowance for doubtful accounts and other receivables, the valuation of collateral on certain receivables, amortization periods and
valuation of courseware and software development costs, valuation of beneficial conversion features in convertible debt, valuation of stock-
based compensation, the valuation of net assets and liabilities from discontinued operations and the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.
Restricted Cash
Restricted cash represents amounts pledged as security for letters of credit for transactions involving Title IV programs, as well as funds held
in escrow. The company considers $868,298 and $265,173 as restricted cash (shown as a current asset as of April 30, 2014 and April 30,
2013 respectively).
F-10
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2014 and 2013
Fair Value Measurements
Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most
advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. The Company classifies assets and
liabilities recorded at fair value under the fair value hierarchy based upon the observability of inputs used in valuation techniques. Observable
inputs (highest level) reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs (lowest level) reflect internally
developed market assumptions. The fair value measurements are classified under the following hierarchy:
·
·
·
Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted market prices (unadjusted) for identical assets and liabilities in active markets;
Level 2—Observable inputs, other than quoted market prices, that are either directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace for
identical or similar assets and liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be
corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets and liabilities; and
Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity that are significant to the fair value of assets or
liabilities.
The estimated fair value of certain financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and
accrued expenses are carried at historical cost basis, which approximates their fair values because of the short-term nature of these instruments.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable
All students are required to select both a primary and secondary payment option with respect to amounts due to Aspen for tuition, fees and
other expenses. The most common payment option for Aspen’s students is personal funds or payment made on their behalf by an employer.
In instances where a student selects financial aid as the primary payment option, he or she often selects personal cash as the secondary option.
If a student who has selected financial aid as his or her primary payment option withdraws prior to the end of a course but after the date that
Aspen’s institutional refund period has expired, the student will have incurred the obligation to pay the full cost of the course. If the
withdrawal occurs before the date at which the student has earned 100% of his or her financial aid, Aspen will have to return all or a portion of
the Title IV funds to the DOE and the student will owe Aspen all amounts incurred that are in excess of the amount of financial aid that the
student earned and that Aspen is entitled to retain. In this case, Aspen must collect the receivable using the student’s second payment option.
For accounts receivable from students, Aspen records an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability,
failure or refusal of its students to make required payments, which includes the recovery of financial aid funds advanced to a student for
amounts in excess of the student’s cost of tuition and related fees. Aspen determines the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts using
a general reserve method based on an analysis of its historical bad debt experience, current economic trends, and the aging of the accounts
receivable and student status. Aspen applies reserves to its receivables based upon an estimate of the risk presented by the age of the
receivables and student status. Aspen writes off accounts receivable balances at the time the balances are deemed uncollectible. Aspen
continues to reflect accounts receivable with an offsetting allowance as long as management believes there is a reasonable possibility of
collection.
For accounts receivable from primary payors other than students, Aspen estimates its allowance for doubtful accounts by evaluating specific
accounts where information indicates the customers may have an inability to meet financial obligations, such as bankruptcy proceedings and
receivable amounts outstanding for an extended period beyond contractual terms. In these cases, Aspen uses assumptions and judgment, based
on the best available facts and circumstances, to record a specific allowance for those customers against amounts due to reduce the receivable
to the amount expected to be collected. These specific allowances are re-evaluated and adjusted as additional information is received. The
amounts calculated are analyzed to determine the total amount of the allowance. Aspen may also record a general allowance as necessary.
Direct write-offs are taken in the period when Aspen has exhausted its efforts to collect overdue and unpaid receivables or otherwise evaluate
other circumstances that indicate that Aspen should abandon such efforts.
F-11
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2014 and 2013
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using
the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets per the following table.
Category
Call center equipment
Computer and office equipment
Furniture and fixtures
Library (online)
Software
Depreciation Term
5 years
5 years
7 years
3 years
5 years
Costs incurred to develop internal-use software during the preliminary project stage are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software
development costs are capitalized during the application development stage, which is after: (i) the preliminary project stage is completed; and
(ii) management authorizes and commits to funding the project and it is probable the project will be completed and used to perform the
function intended. Capitalization ceases at the point the software project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, and after all
substantial testing is completed. Upgrades and enhancements are capitalized if it is probable that those expenditures will result in additional
functionality. Amortization is provided for on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of five years of the internal-use software
development costs and related upgrades and enhancements. When existing software is replaced with new software, the unamortized costs of
the old software are expensed when the new software is ready for its intended use.
Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the
assets.
Upon the retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the related cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed and
a gain or loss is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed in the period incurred.
Courseware
The Company records the costs of courseware in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards
Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350 “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other”.
Generally, costs of courseware are capitalized whereas costs for upgrades and enhancements are expensed as incurred. Courseware is stated at
cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is provided for on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of five years.
Long-Lived Assets
The Company assesses potential impairment to its long-lived assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Events and circumstances considered by the Company in determining whether the
carrying value of identifiable intangible assets and other long-lived assets may not be recoverable include, but are not limited to: significant
changes in performance relative to expected operating results, significant changes in the use of the assets, significant negative industry or
economic trends, a significant decline in the Company’s stock price for a sustained period of time, and changes in the Company’s business
strategy. An impairment loss is recorded when the carrying amount of the long-lived asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The
carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use
and eventual disposition of the asset. Any required impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived
asset exceeds fair value and is recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the related asset and an expense to operating results.
Refunds Due Students
The Company receives Title IV funds from the Department of Education to cover tuition and living expenses. Until forwarded to the student,
this amount is captured in a current liability account called Title IV Funds in Transit. Typically, the funds are paid to the students within two
weeks.
F-12
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2014 and 2013
Leases
The Company enters into various lease agreements in conducting its business. At the inception of each lease, the Company evaluates the lease
agreement to determine whether the lease is an operating or capital lease. Leases may contain initial periods of free rent and/or periodic
escalations. When such items are included in a lease agreement, the Company records rent expense on a straight-line basis over the initial term
of a lease. The difference between the rent payment and the straight-line rent expense is recorded as a deferred rent liability. The Company
expenses any additional payments under its operating leases for taxes, insurance or other operating expenses as incurred.
Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue
Revenues consist primarily of tuition and fees derived from courses taught by the Company online as well as from related educational
resources that the Company provides to its students, such as access to our online materials and learning management system. Tuition revenue
is recognized pro-rata over the applicable period of instruction. The Company allows a student to make three monthly tuition payments during
each 10-week class. The Company maintains an institutional tuition refund policy, which provides for all or a portion of tuition to be refunded
if a student withdraws during stated refund periods. Certain states in which students reside impose separate, mandatory refund policies, which
override the Company’s policy to the extent in conflict. If a student withdraws at a time when a portion or none of the tuition is refundable,
then in accordance with its revenue recognition policy, the Company recognizes as revenue the tuition that was not refunded. Since the
Company recognizes revenue pro-rata over the term of the course and because, under its institutional refund policy, the amount subject to
refund is never greater than the amount of the revenue that has been deferred, under the Company’s accounting policies revenue is not
recognized with respect to amounts that could potentially be refunded. The Company’s educational programs have starting and ending dates
that differ from its fiscal quarters. Therefore, at the end of each fiscal quarter, a portion of revenue from these programs is not yet earned and is
therefore deferred. The Company also charges students annual fees for library, technology and other services, which are recognized over the
related service period. Deferred revenue represents the amount of tuition, fees, and other student payments received in excess of the portion
recognized as revenue and it is included in current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Other revenues may be
recognized as sales occur or services are performed.
Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue - Discontinued Operations
The Company enters into certain revenue sharing arrangements with consultants whereby the consultants will develop course content primarily
for technology-related courses, recommend, but not select, faculty, lease equipment on behalf of the Company for instructional purposes for
the on-site laboratory portion of distance learning courses and make introductions to corporate and government sponsoring organizations that
provide students for the courses. The Company has evaluated ASC 605-45 "Principal Agent Considerations" and determined that there are
more indicators than not that the Company is the primary obligor in the arrangements since the Company establishes the tuition, interfaces with
the student or sponsoring organization, selects the faculty, is responsible for delivering the course, is responsible for issuing any degrees or
certificates, and is responsible for collecting the tuition and fees. The gross tuition and fees are included in revenues while the revenue sharing
payments are included in instructional costs and services, an operating expense. As a result of presenting this component as discontinued
operations, the revenues are now included in income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes for all periods presented (See Note 1).
Cost of Revenues
Cost of revenues consists of two categories of cost, instructional costs and services, and marketing and promotional costs.
Instructional Costs and Services
Instructional costs and services consist primarily of costs related to the administration and delivery of the Company's educational programs.
This expense category includes compensation costs associated with online faculty, technology license costs and costs associated with other
support groups that provide services directly to the students.
F-13
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2014 and 2013
Marketing and Promotional Costs
Marketing and promotional costs include costs associated with purchasing leads, producing marketing materials, and advertising. Such costs
are generally affected by the cost of advertising media and leads, the efficiency of the Company's marketing and recruiting efforts, and
expenditures on advertising initiatives for new and existing academic programs. Advertising costs consists primarily of marketing leads and
other branding and promotional activities. Non-direct response advertising activities are expensed as incurred, or the first time the advertising
takes place, depending on the type of advertising activity.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses include compensation of employees engaged in corporate management, finance, human resources,
information technology, compliance and other corporate functions. General and administrative expenses also include professional services
fees, bad debt expense related to accounts receivable, financial aid processing costs, non-capitalizable courseware and software costs, travel
and entertainment expenses and facility costs.
Reclassifications
For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company reclassified $273,225, from Cost of Revenues to General and Administrative, both
within Operating Expenses:
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
Reclassifications
Financial
As
Previously
Reported Licenses
Dues,
Fees, & Consulting Academic Processing
Executive
Aid
Expense
Chair
Costs
As
Reclassified
Operating Expenses:
Cost of Revenues
General and administrative
Receivable Collateral Valuation Reserve
Depreciation and amortization
Total Operating Expenses
Income Taxes
(32,234)
32,234
(111,927)
111,927
(105,500)
105,500
$ 2,342,037
5,235,282
502,315
397,923
$ 8,477,557
(23,564) $ 2,068,812
5,508,507
23,564
502,315
397,923
$ 8,477,557
The Company uses the asset and liability method to compute the differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and the related
financial amounts. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that more likely than not
will be realized. The Company has deferred tax assets and liabilities that reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets
are subject to periodic recoverability assessments. Realization of the deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liabilities, is principally dependent
upon achievement of projected future taxable income.
The Company records a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax
return. The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes using a two-step approach for evaluating tax positions. Step one, recognition,
occurs when the Company concludes that a tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is more likely than not to be sustained upon
examination. Step two, measurement, is only addressed if the position is more likely than not to be sustained. Under step two, the tax benefit is
measured as the largest amount of benefit, determined on a cumulative probability basis, which is more likely than not to be realized upon
ultimate settlement. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.
F-14
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2014 and 2013
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation expense is measured at the grant date fair value of the award and is expensed over the requisite service period. For
employee stock-based awards, the Company calculates the fair value of the award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing
model. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date under this model requires judgment, including estimating volatility,
employee stock option exercise behaviors and forfeiture rates. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards
represent the Company's best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. For
non-employee stock-based awards, the Company calculates the fair value of the award on the date of grant in the same manner as employee
awards, however, the awards are revalued at the end of each reporting period and the prorata compensation expense is adjusted accordingly
until such time the non-employee award is fully vested, at which time the total compensation recognized to date shall equal the fair value of the
stock-based award as calculated on the measurement date, which is the date at which the award recipient’s performance is complete. The
estimation of stock-based awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results or updated estimates differ from
original estimates, such amounts are recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised.
Net Loss Per Share
Net loss per share of common stock is based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each year. Options to purchase
10,746,412 shares of common stock, warrants to purchase 23,144,005 shares of common stock, and $775,000 of convertible debt (convertible
into 1,225,564 shares of common stock) were outstanding during the year ended April 30, 2014, but were not included in the computation of
diluted loss per share because the effects would have been anti-dilutive. Options to purchase 7,614,381 shares of common stock, warrants to
purchase 9,090,292 shares of common stock, and $800,000 of convertible debt (convertible into 1,357,143 shares of common stock) were
outstanding during the four months ended April 30, 2013, but were not included in the computation of diluted loss per share because the
effects would have been anti-dilutive. Options to purchase 6,972,967 shares of common stock, warrants to purchase 8,112,696 shares of
common stock, and $800,000 of convertible debt (convertible into 1,357,143 shares of common stock) were outstanding during the year
ended December 31, 2012, but were not included in the computation of diluted loss per share because the effects would have been anti-
dilutive. The options, warrants and convertible debt are considered to be common stock equivalents and are only included in the calculation of
diluted earnings per shares of common stock when their effect is dilutive.
Segment Information
The Company operates in one reportable segment as a single educational delivery operation using a core infrastructure that serves the
curriculum and educational delivery needs of its online students regardless of geography. The Company's chief operating decision makers, its
CEO and President, manage the Company's operations as a whole, and no revenue, expense or operating income information is evaluated by
the chief operating decision makers on any component level.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
We have implemented all new accounting standards that are in effect and that may impact our consolidated financial statements and do not
believe that there are any other new accounting pronouncements that have been issued that might have a material impact on our consolidated
financial position or results of operations.
F-15
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2014 and 2013
Note 3. Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable consisted of the following at April 30, 2014 and April 30, 2013:
Accounts receivable
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts
Accounts receivable, net
April 30,
2014
April 30,
2013
$
$
871,427 $
(221,537)
649,890 $
437,323
(72,535)
364,788
Bad debt expense for the years ended April 30, 2014, and December 31, 2012, and four months ended April 30, 2013 and 2012, were
$154,732, $133,907, $37,000, and $32,955 respectively.
Note 4. Secured Accounts and Notes Receivable – Related Parties
On March 30, 2008 and December 1, 2008, the Company sold courseware pursuant to marketing agreements to HEMG, a related party and
principal stockholder of the Company whose president is Mr. Patrick Spada, the former Chairman of the Company, in the amount of $455,000
and $600,000, respectively; UCC filings were filed accordingly. Under the marketing agreements, the receivables were due net 60 months. On
September 16, 2011, HEMG pledged 772,793 Aspen Series C preferred shares (automatically converted to 654,850 shares of common stock
on March 13, 2012) of the Company as collateral for this account receivable. On March 8, 2012, due to the impending reduction in the value
of the collateral as the result of the Series C conversion ratio and Aspen’s inability to engage Mr. Spada in good faith negotiations to increase
HEMG’s pledge, Michael Mathews, Aspen’s CEO, pledged 117,943 shares of common stock of Aspen, owned personally by him, valued at
$1.00 per share based on recent sales of capital stock as additional collateral to the accounts receivable, secured – related party. On March 13,
2012, Aspen deemed the receivables stemming from the sale of courseware curricula to be in default. On April 4, 2012, the Company entered
into an agreement with: (i) an individual, (ii) HEMG, a related party and principal stockholder of the Company whose president is Mr. Patrick
Spada, the former Chairman of the Company and (iii) Mr. Patrick Spada. Under the agreement, (a) the individual purchased and HEMG sold
to the individual 400,000 shares of common stock of the Company at $0.50 per share; (b) the Company guaranteed it would purchase at least
600,000 shares of common stock of the Company at $0.50 per share within 90 days of the agreement and the Company would use its best
efforts to purchase from HEMG and resell to investors an additional 1,400,000 shares of common stock of the Company at $0.50 per share
within 180 days of the agreement; (c) provided HEMG and Mr. Patrick Spada fulfilled their obligations under (a) and (b) above, the Company
shall consent to additional private transfers by HEMG and/or Mr. Patrick Spada of up to 500,000 shares of common stock of the Company on
or before March 13, 2013; (d) HEMG agreed to not sell, pledge or otherwise transfer 142,500 shares of common stock of the Company
pending resolution of a dispute regarding the Company’s claim that HEMG sold 131,500 shares of common stock of the Company without
having enough authorized shares and a stockholder did not receive 11,000 shares of common stock of the Company owed to him as a result of
a stock dividend; and (e) the Company waived any default of the accounts receivable, secured - related party and extend the due date to
September 30, 2014. However, the Company has elected to show as long term due to the expectation that no collection will occur within 1
year. As of September 30, 2012, third party investors purchased 336,000 shares for $168,000 and the Company purchased 264,000 shares for
$132,000 per section (b) above. Based on proceeds received on September 28, 2012 under a private placement at $0.35 per unit (consisting of
one share of common stock and one-half of a warrant exercisable at $0.50 per share), the value of the aforementioned collateral decreased.
Accordingly, as of December 31, 2012, the Company has recognized an allowance of $502,315 for this account receivable. Based on the
reduction in value of the collateral to $0.19, the company recognized an expense of $123,647 during the year ended April 30, 2014. As of
April 30, 2014 and April 30, 2013, the balance of the account receivable, net of allowance, was $146,831 and $270,478, respectively.
F-16
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2014 and 2013
Note 5. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consisted of the following at April 30, 2014 and 2013:
Call center
Computer and office equipment
Furniture and fixtures
Library (online)
Software
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
Property and equipment, net
April 30,
2014
April 30,
2013
$
$
122,653 $
66,118
36,446
100,000
1,894,215
2,219,432
(938,703)
1,280,729 $
121,313
61,036
32,914
100,000
1,518,142
1,833,405
(569,665)
1,263,740
Depreciation expense for the years ended April 30, 2014, and December 31, 2012, and four months ended April 30, 2013 and 2012, were
$369,039, $256,363, $113,794, and $ 73,718 respectively. Accumulated depreciation amounted to $938,703 and $569,665 as of April 30,
2014 and April 30, 2013 respectively. Amortization expense for software, included in the above amounts, for the years ended April 30, 2014,
and December 31, 2012, and four months ended April 30, 2013 and 2012, were $334,224, $226,454, $99,855, and $64,192 respectively.
Software consisted of the following at April 30, 2014 and April 30, 2013:
Software
Accumulated amortization
Software, net
Estimated amortization expense of software is as follows:
April 30,
2014
April 30,
2013
$
$
1,894,215 $
(720,823)
1,173,392 $
1,518,142
(386,599)
1,131,543
Year Ending April 30,
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
Total
$
$
378,843
377,977
255,265
122,230
39,077
1,173,392
Note 6. Courseware
Courseware costs capitalized were $6,500 and $25,300 for the years ended April 30, 2014 and December 31, 2012, respectively. No
courseware costs were capitalized for the fours month ended April 30, 2013 and courseware costs of $8,200 were capitalized during the four
months ended April 30, 2012.
Courseware consisted of the following at April 30, 2014, and 2013:
Courseware
Accumulated amortization
Courseware, net
F-17
April 30,
2014
April 30,
2013
$
$
2,104,038 $
(1,995,156)
108,882 $
2,097,538
(1,889,443)
208,095
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2014 and 2013
Amortization expense for courseware for the years ended April 30, 2014, and December 31, 2012, and four months ended April 30, 2013 and
2012, were $105,713, $141,560, $45,476, and $48,094 respectively.
Estimated future amortization expense of course curricula as of April 30, 2014 is as follows:
Year Ending April 30,
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
Total
$
$
66,317
29,030
10,396
2,306
833
108,882
Note 7. Accrued Expenses
Accrued expenses consisted of the following at April 30, 2014 and 2013:
Accrued compensation
Accrued Interest
Other accrued expenses
Accrued expenses
Note 8. Loans Payable – Related Party
April 30,
2014
April 30,
2013
$
$
— $
84,921
59,054
143,975 $
44,692
28,848
55,029
128,569
On June 28, 2013, the Company received $1,000,000 as a loan from the Chief Executive Officer. This loan was for a term of 6 months with
an annual interest rate of 10%, payable monthly. On September 25, 2013, as a term of the convertible debenture issued as discussed in Note 9,
the maturity of the $1,600,000 owed to the CEO was extended to April 2, 2015. On July 16, 2014, the maturity of the debt to the CEO was
extended to January 1, 2016.
Note 9. Notes Payable
Convertible Notes Payable
On February 25, 2012, February 27, 2012 and February 29, 2012, loans payable to three individuals, of $100,000, $50,000 and $50,000,
respectively, were converted into two-year convertible promissory notes, bearing interest of 0.19% per annum. Beginning March 31, 2012, the
notes are convertible into shares of common stock of the Company at the rate of $1.00 per share. The Company evaluated the convertible notes
and determined that, for the embedded conversion option, there was no beneficial conversion value to record as the conversion price is
considered to be the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the note issue dates. These loans (now convertible promissory notes)
were originally due February of 2014 and, have been included in short-term liabilities as of April 30, 2014 and 2013. Two of the above
mentioned notes were modified in February 2014, see below and one is currently in default.
On February 18, 2014 the company renegotiated the terms of one of the $50,000 convertible notes, specifically the one dated February 27,
2012. The maturity date was extended to December 1, 2014 and the conversion price has been reduced to $0.19 per share. The interest rate has
been amended to 3.25% from February 27, 2012. This was treated as a note extinguishment in accordance with ASC 470-50. No gain or loss
on extinguishment was recorded and no beneficial conversion feature existed on the modification date.
On February 28, 2014 the company renegotiated the terms of the $100,000 convertible note dated February 25, 2012. A payment was made in
the amount of $25,000 on February 28, 2014, reducing the principal to $75,000. Another principal payment of $25,000 will be made on
August 1, 2014 and $50,000 on December 1, 2014. The interest rate was raised to 3.25% from February 25, 2012. The conversion price was
reduced to $0.19 per share. This was treated as a note extinguishment in accordance with ASC 470-50. No gain or loss on extinguishment
was recorded and no beneficial conversion feature existed on the modification date.
F-18
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2014 and 2013
On March 13, 2012, the Company’s CEO loaned the Company $300,000 and received a convertible note due March 31, 2013, bearing interest
at 0.19% per annum. The note is convertible into shares of common stock of the Company at the rate of $1.00 per share upon five days written
notice to the Company. The Company evaluated the convertible note and determined that, for the embedded conversion option, there was no
beneficial conversion value to record as the conversion price is considered to be the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the
note issue date. On September 4, 2012, the maturity date was extended to August 31, 2013. On December 17, 2012, the maturity date was
extended to August 31, 2014. On September 25, 2013, the maturity of the debt to the CEO, has been extended to April 5, 2015. On July 16,
2014, the maturity of the debt to the CEO has been extended to January 1, 2016. There was no accounting effect for these modifications. (See
Note 15).
On February 29, 2012 (the "Effective Date"), the Company retained the investment bank of Laidlaw & Company (UK) Ltd. ("Laidlaw") on an
exclusive basis for the purpose of raising up to $6,000,000 (plus up to an additional $1,200,000 million to cover over-allotments at the option
of Laidlaw) through two successive best-efforts private placements of the Company's securities following the reverse merger. Each Unit in the
Phase One financing consisted of: (i) senior secured convertible notes (the "Convertible Notes"), bearing 10% interest, convertible into the
Company's shares of common stock at the lower of (a) $1.00 or (b) 95% of the per share purchase price of any shares of common stock (or
common stock equivalents) issued on or after the original issue date of the note and (ii) five-year warrant to purchase that number of the
Company's shares of common stock equal to 25% of the convertible note amount. As of June 30, 2012, the Company, without the assistance
of any broker-dealer, raised $150,000 from the sale of 3.0 Units. Laidlaw raised $1,289,527 (net of debt issuance costs of $266,473) from the
sale of 31.12 Units (including Convertible Notes payable and an estimated 389,000 warrants). Mandatory conversion was to occur on the
initial closing of the Phase Two financing, which occurred September 28, 2012. The Convertible Notes (as extended) had a maturity date of
September 30, 2012, carried provisions for price protection and contained registration rights. For the Phase One financing, Laidlaw received a
cash fee of 10% of aggregate funds raised along with a five-year warrant (the "Laidlaw Warrant") equal to 10% of the common stock reserved
for issuance in connection with the Units. Separately, Laidlaw required an activation fee of $25,000. The Phase Two financing consisted of
Units offered at $0.35 per Unit (consisting of one share of common stock and one-half of a warrant exercisable at $0.50 per share. The
Convertible Notes embedded conversion options did not qualify as derivatives since the conversion shares were not readily convertible to cash
due to an inactive trading market and there was no beneficial conversion value since the conversion price equaled the fair value of the shares.
As a result of proceeds received on September 28, 2012 in the Phase Two financing, all of the $1,706,000 (face value) of Convertible Notes
were automatically converted into 5,130,795 shares of common stock at the contractual rate of $0.3325 per share. Moreover, the warrants
issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Notes became fixed and determinable and caused to be outstanding 426,500 warrants to acquire
shares of common stock at $0.3325 per share. In addition, 202,334 shares of common stock and 50,591 five-year warrants exercisable at
$0.3325 per share were issued to settle $67,276 of accrued interest on the aforementioned Convertible Notes. Accordingly, a loss of $3,339
was recognized in general and administrative expenses upon settlement (See Note 12).
On May 1, 2012, the Company issued a Convertible Note payable to a consultant in the amount of $49,825 in exchange for past services
rendered, of which $38,175 pertains to the nine months ended September 30, 2012. The Note bore interest at 0.19% per annum, had a maturity
date of September 30, 2012, and was convertible into the Company’s shares of common stock at the lower (a) $1.00 or (b) the per share
purchase price of any shares of common stock (or common stock equivalents) issued on or after the original issue date of the note. The
Convertible Note embedded conversion options did not qualify as derivatives since the conversion shares were not readily convertible to cash
due to an inactive trading market and there was no beneficial conversion value since the conversion price equaled the fair value of the shares.
As a result of the private placement closing on September 28, 2012, the $49,825 (face value) convertible note was automatically converted into
142,357 shares of common stock at the contractual rate of $0.35 per share. In addition, 112 shares of common stock were issued to settle $39
of accrued interest on the aforementioned Convertible Note. No gain or loss was recognized upon settlement (See Note 12).
On August 14, 2012, the Company’s CEO loaned the Company $300,000 and received a convertible promissory note, payable on demand,
bearing interest at 5% per annum. The note is convertible into shares of common stock of the Company at the rate of $0.35 per share (based on
proceeds received on September 28, 2012 under a private placement at $0.35 per unit). The Company evaluated the convertible notes and
determined that, for the embedded conversion option, there was no beneficial conversion value to record as the conversion price is considered
to be the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the note issue date. On September 4, 2012, the maturity date was extended to
August 31, 2013. On September 25, 2013, as a term of the convertible debenture issued as discussed further in this Note, the maturity of the
debt to the CEO has been extended to April 5, 2015. On July 16, 2014, the maturity of the debt to the CEO has been extended to January 1,
2016. There was no accounting effect for these modifications. (See Note 15).
F-19
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2014 and 2013
On September 26, 2013, the Company and an institutional investor (the "Institutional Investor") signed a Securities Purchase Agreement (the
“Agreement”) with respect to a loan of $2,240,000 evidenced by an 18 month original issue discount secured convertible debenture (the
"Debenture") with gross proceeds of $2,000,000 prior to fees. Payments on the Debenture are due 25% on November 1, 2014, 25% on
January 1, 2015 and the remaining 50% on April 1, 2015 as a final payment. The Company has the option to pay the interest or principal in
stock subject to certain “Equity Conditions” such as giving notice of its intent 20 trading days beforehand. The Agreement provides that the
Debenture may be converted at the holder’s option at $0.3325 per share at any time after the closing and subject to adjustments. The Company
evaluated that for the embedded conversion option, there was no beneficial conversion value to record as the conversion price was greater than
the fair market value of the common shares on the note issue date. Warrants with a relative fair value of $389,565 were issued for 100% of the
number of shares of common stock that could be purchased at the conversion price at closing or 6,736,842. The warrants have a five-year term
and are exercisable for cash if an outstanding registration statement is in effect within 90 days of closing. The $389,565 is recorded as a debt
discount to be amortized over the debt term. The Debenture bears 8% per annum interest and are amortizable in installments over their term.
The financing closed on September 26, 2013 and the Company received proceeds of approximately $1.7 million, net of certain offering costs
and before payment of various debt issue costs. Offering costs to the lender included an original issue discount of $240,000 and cash loan fees
of $117,846.
In September 2013 Company had entered into an engagement agreement with Laidlaw & Co. ("Laidlaw") to act as placement agent for the
offering and receive customary compensation. Laidlaw introduced the Institutional Investor. As a placement agent fee, the Company paid
Laidlaw $207,500 and issued 1,347,368 five year warrants with an exercise price of $0.3325, valued at $94,316. The warrants and fees paid
plus legal fees of $35,356 were recorded as a debt issue cost asset and are being amortized over the debt term.
As of April 30, 2013, the aggregate amount of convertible notes payable outstanding was $800,000, of which $200,000 is included in current
liabilities and $600,000 is included in long-term liabilities. As of April 30, 2014, the aggregate amount of convertible notes payable net of
original issue discount outstanding was $3,562,229, of which $1,600,000, is included in long term liabilities and $1,962,229 is included in
current liabilities. As of April 30, 2014, the convertible notes embedded conversion options were not accounted for as bifurcated derivatives
since the conversion shares were not readily convertible to cash due to an inactive trading market.
Notes payable consisted of the following at April 30, 2014 and 2013:
April 30,
2014
April 30,
2013
$
300,000 $
300,000
300,000
75,000
50,000
300,000
100,000
50,000
50,000
50,000
1,000,000
1,787,229
3,562,229
Note payable - related party originating August 14, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at
5% [A] [D]
Note payable - related party originating March 13, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at
0.19% [A] [D]
Note payable - originating February 25, 2012; no monthly payments required [B]
Note payable - originating February 27, 2012; no monthly payments required [C]
Note payable - originating February 29, 2012; no monthly payments required; bearing interest at 0.19%;
maturing at February 29, 2014 (In default at April 30, 2014)
Loan Payable Officer - related party originating June 28, 2013; no monthly payments required; bearing
interest at 10%; maturing January 1, 2016 [D]
Debentures payable, net of OID
Total
Less: Current maturities (loans payable)
Less: Current maturities (notes payable)
Less: Current maturities (Debentures Payable)
Subtotal
Less: amount due after one year for notes payable
Amount due after one year for convertible notes payable
———————
[A] - Effective September 4, 2012, note amended to provide a maturity date of August 31, 2013. Effective December 17, 2012, note further
amended to provide a maturity date of August 31, 2014. On September 25, 2013, maturity date had been extended to April 5, 2015. On July
16, 2014, the maturity date had been extended to January 1, 2016.
[B] - Effective February 28, 2014 the note was amended to provide a maturity date of December 1, 2014 and interest rate of 3.25%.
[C] - Effective February 18, 2014 the note was amended to provide a maturity date of December 1, 2014 and interest rate of 3.25%.
[D] – Effective July 16, 2014 the note was amended to provide a maturity date of January 1, 2016.
(175,000)
(1,787,229)
1,600,000
—
1,600,000 $
$
—
—
800,000
(200,000)
600,000
—
600,000
F-20
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2014 and 2013
Future maturities of notes payable as of April 30, 2014 are as follows:
Year Ending April 30,
2015
2016
$
$
—
1,600,000
1,600,000
Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies
Line of Credit
The Company maintains a line of credit with a bank, up to a maximum credit line of $250,000. The line of credit bears interest equal to the
prime rate plus 0.50% (overall interest rate of 3.75% at April 30, 2014). The line of credit requires minimum monthly payments consisting of
interest only. The line of credit is secured by all business assets, inventory, equipment, accounts, general intangibles, chattel paper, documents,
instruments and letter of credit rights of the Company. The line of credit is for an unspecified time until the bank notifies the Company of the
Final Availability Date, at which time payments on the line of credit become the sum of: (a) accrued interest and (b) 1/60th of the unpaid
principal balance immediately following the Final Availability Date, which equates to a five-year payment period. The balance due on the line
of credit as of April 30, 2014 and 2013 was $244,175 and $250,000 respectively. Since the earliest the line of credit is due and payable is over
a five year period and the Company believes that it could obtain a comparable replacement line of credit elsewhere, the entire line of credit is
included in long-term liabilities. The unused amount under the line of credit available to the Company at April 30, 2014 and 2013 was $5,825
and $0 respectively.
Operating Leases
The Company leases office space for its corporate headquarters in New York, New York on a month-to-month basis with monthly rent
payments of $3,816 per month.
The Company leases office space for its developers in Dieppe, NB, Canada on a month-to-month basis with monthly rent payments of $1,675
per month.
The Company leases office space for its Denver, Colorado location under a seven-year lease agreement commencing September 15, 2008. The
operating lease granted four initial months of free rent and had a base monthly rent of $6,526 commencing January 15, 2009. Thereafter, the
monthly rent escalates 2.5% annually over the base year.
On October 4, 2012, the Company entered into a three-year lease agreement for its call center in Scottsdale, Arizona. The Company occupied
temporary space at this location until moving into the leased space on February 1, 2013, the commencement date of the lease. The lease
requires rent payments of $4,491 per month during months 4 through 12, $4,601 per month during the second year, and $4,710 per month
during the third year.
The following is a schedule by years of future minimum rental payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining
noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of April 30, 2014:
Year Ending April 30,
2015
2016
2017
Total minimum payments required
$
$
144,332
72,427
—
216,759
Rent expense for the years ended April 30, 2014, and December 31, 2012, and four months ended April 30, 2013 and 2012, were $210,977,
$140,783, $64,724, and $44,828, respectively.
F-21
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2014 and 2013
Employment Agreements
From time to time, the Company enters into employment agreements with certain of its employees. These agreements typically include
bonuses, some of which were performance-based in nature. As of April 30, 2013, the Company had entered into five employment agreements
whereby the Company was obligated to pay an annual performance bonus ranging from 50% to 100% of the employee’s base salary based
upon the achievement of pre-established milestones. Such annual bonuses were to be paid one-half in cash and the remainder in shares of
common stock of the Company. As of April 30, 2014, no performance bonuses have been earned.
Consulting Agreement
On October 1, 2012, the Company retained two investor relations firms agreeing to pay one firm $50,000 a year for two years and issuing it
200,000 shares of common stock, having a fair value of $70,000 based on recent sales of Units. The second firm was retained for one year
with a fee of $5,000 per month. The second firm also received 100,000 shares of common stock and 100,000 five-year warrants exercisable at
$0.60 per share, having a fair value of $43,000 based on recent sale of Units (See Note 12).
Legal Matters
From time to time, we may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of our operations in the normal course of business. As of
April 30, 2013, there were no other pending or threatened lawsuits that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the results of
our operations and there are no proceedings in which any of our directors, officers or affiliates, or any registered or beneficial shareholder, is
an adverse party or has a material interest adverse to our interest.
On February 11, 2013, HEMG and Mr. Spada sued the Company, certain senior management members and our directors in state court in
New York seeking damages arising principally from (i) allegedly false and misleading statements in the filings with the SEC and the DOE
where the Company disclosed that HEMG and Mr. Spada borrowed $2.2 million without board authority, (ii) the alleged breach of an April
2012 agreement whereby the Company had agreed, subject to numerous conditions and time limitations, to purchase certain shares of the
Company from HEMG, and (iii) alleged diminution to the value of HEMG’s shares of the Company due to Mr. Spada’s disagreement with
certain business transactions the Company engaged in, all with Board approval. On November 8, 2013, the state court in New York granted
the Company’s motion to dismiss all of the derivative claims and all of the fiduciary duty claims. The state court in New York also granted the
Company’s motion to dismiss the duplicative breach of good faith and fair dealing claim, as well as the defamation claim. The state court in
New York denied the Company’s motion to dismiss as to the defamation per se claim. On December 10, 2013, the Company filed a series of
counterclaims against HEMG and Mr. Spada in state court of New York. Discovery is currently being pursued by the parties.
On November 21, 2013, HEMG and Mr. Spada filed a derivative suit on behalf of the Company against certain former senior management
member and our directors in state court in Delaware. The Company is a nominal defendant. The complaint is substantially similar to the
complaint filed in state court of New York, except that if successful, the Company will receive the benefits. On February 28, 2014, the
Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. In July 2014, the court heard oral argument and reserved decision.
While the Company has been advised by its counsel that these lawsuits are baseless, the Company cannot provide any assurance as to the
ultimate outcome of the cases. Defending the lawsuits will be expensive and will require the expenditure of time which could otherwise be
spent on the Company’s business. While unlikely, if Mr. Spada’s and HEMG’s claims in the New York litigation were to be successful, the
damages the Company could pay could potentially be material.
Regulatory Matters
The Company’s subsidiary, Aspen University Inc. (“Aspen University”), is subject to extensive regulation by Federal and State governmental
agencies and accrediting bodies. In particular, the Higher Education Act (the “HEA”) and the regulations promulgated thereunder by the DOE
subject Aspen University to significant regulatory scrutiny on the basis of numerous standards that schools must satisfy to participate in the
various types of federal student financial assistance programs authorized under Title IV of the HEA. Aspen University has had provisional
certification to participate in the Title IV programs. That provisional certification imposes certain regulatory restrictions including, but not
limited to, a limit of 1,200 student recipients for Title IV funding for the duration of the provisional certification. The provisional certification
restrictions continue with regard to Aspen University’s participation in Title IV programs.
F-22
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2014 and 2013
To participate in the Title IV programs, an institution must be authorized to offer its programs of instruction by the relevant agencies of the
State in which it is located, and since July 2011, potentially in the States where an institution offers postsecondary education through distance
education. In addition, an institution must be accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the DOE and certified as eligible by the DOE.
The DOE will certify an institution to participate in the Title IV programs only after the institution has demonstrated compliance with the HEA
and the DOE’s extensive academic, administrative, and financial regulations regarding institutional eligibility and certification. An institution
must also demonstrate its compliance with these requirements to the DOE on an ongoing basis. Aspen University performs periodic reviews
of its compliance with the various applicable regulatory requirements. As Title IV funds received in fiscal 2013 represented approximately
26% of the Company's cash revenues (including revenues from discontinued operations), as calculated in accordance with Department of
Education guidelines, the loss of Title IV funding would have a material effect on the Company's future financial performance.
On March 27, 2012 and on August 31, 2012, Aspen University provided the DOE with letters of credit for which the due date was extended
to December 31, 2013. On January 30, 2014, the DOE provided Aspen University with an option to become permanently certified by
increasing the letter of credit to 50% of all Title IV funds received in the last program year, equaling $1,696,445, or to remain provisionally
certified by increasing the 25% letter of credit to $848,225. Aspen informed the DOE of its desire to remain provisionally certified and posted
the $848,225 letter of credit by the DOE on April 14, 2014. The DOE may impose additional or different terms and conditions in any final
provisional program participation agreement that it may issue (See Note 2 “Restricted Cash”).
The HEA requires accrediting agencies to review many aspects of an institution's operations in order to ensure that the education offered is of
sufficiently high quality to achieve satisfactory outcomes and that the institution is complying with accrediting standards. Failure to
demonstrate compliance with accrediting standards may result in the imposition of probation, the requirements to provide periodic reports, the
loss of accreditation or other penalties if deficiencies are not remediated.
Because Aspen University operates in a highly regulated industry, it may be subject from time to time to audits, investigations, claims of
noncompliance or lawsuits by governmental agencies or third parties, which allege statutory violations, regulatory infractions or common law
causes of action.
Return of Title IV Funds
An institution participating in Title IV programs must correctly calculate the amount of unearned Title IV program funds that have been
disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completion and must return those unearned funds in a timely
manner, generally within 45 days of the date the school determines that the student has withdrawn. Under Department regulations, failure to
make timely returns of Title IV program funds for 5% or more of students sampled on the institution's annual compliance audit in either of its
two most recently completed fiscal years can result in the institution having to post a letter of credit in an amount equal to 25% of its required
Title IV returns during its most recently completed fiscal year. If unearned funds are not properly calculated and returned in a timely manner,
an institution is also subject to monetary liabilities or an action to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or terminate its participation in Title IV
programs.
On June 30, 2013, the Company filed its calendar year 2012 compliance audit with the Department of Education. As a result of the audit
findings, the Company recognized that it had not fully complied with all requirements for calculating and making timely returns of Title IV
funds (R2T4). In November 2013, the Company returned a total of $102,810 of Title IV funds to the Department of Education.
Delaware Approval to Confer Degrees
Aspen University is a Delaware corporation. Delaware law requires an institution to obtain approval from the Delaware Department of
Education (“Delaware DOE”) before it may incorporate with the power to confer degrees. On July 3, 2012, Aspen University received notice
from the Delaware DOE that it is granted provisional approval status effective until June 30, 2015. Aspen University is authorized by the
Colorado Commission on Education to operate in Colorado as a degree granting institution.
F-23
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2014 and 2013
Unauthorized Borrowings
During 2005 through 2011, the Company advanced funds without board authority to both Patrick Spada (former Chairman of the Company)
and HEMG, of which Patrick Spada is President (See Note 15). Mr. Spada and HEMG have denied taking any advances (See “Legal
Matters” above).
Letter of Credit
The Company maintains a letter of credit under a DOE requirement (See Note 2 “Restricted Cash”).
Note 11. Temporary Equity
On October 28, 2011, Aspen filed a First Amendment to the second amended and restated certificate of incorporation whereby a liquidation
preference equal to the original issue price ($1.00) was added to both the Series D and Series E shares. In addition, the liquidation preferences
of the Series D shares became pari passu with the liquidation preferences of the Series E shares and the liquidation preferences of both the
Series D and Series E shares became senior to the liquidation preferences of the Series C shares. On January 23, 2012, Aspen filed a Second
Amendment to the second amended and restated certificate of incorporation whereby the Series A, Series D and Series E preferred shares shall
be redeemed if the SEC Reporting Date does not occur on or before February 29, 2012. On February 29, 2012, Aspen filed a Third
Amendment to the second amended and restated certificate of incorporation whereby the Series A, Series D and Series E preferred shares shall
be redeemed if the SEC Reporting Date does not occur on or before March 15, 2012. The SEC Reporting Date occurred on March 13, 2012.
Prior to their conversion to shares of common stock on March 13, 2012, the Series A, Series D and Series E preferred shares were classified
as temporary equity. During 2012 through March 13, 2012, the preferred shares accumulated additional dividends of $37,379 and as of March
13, 2012, total cumulative preferred dividends were $124,705. On March 13, 2012, all preferred shares were automatically converted into
shares of common stock and, based on the terms of the preferred shares, none of the cumulative dividends shall ever be paid (See Note 12).
Note 12. Stockholders’ Equity (Deficiency)
Stock Dividends and Reverse Split
On February 23, 2012, Aspen approved a stock dividend of one new share of Aspen for each share presently held. Following the stock
dividend, Aspen approved a one-for-two reverse stock split as of the close of business on February 24, 2012 in which each two shares of
common stock shall be combined into one share of common stock. This was done in order to reduce the conversion ratio of the Aspen
convertible preferred stock for all Series to 1 for 1 except for Series C, which then had a conversion ratio of 0.8473809. All share and per
share data has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock splits.
Preferred Stock
On March 13, 2012, all preferred shares were automatically converted into shares of common stock and, based on the terms of the preferred
shares (See below).
Common Stock
On March 13, 2012, all of the outstanding preferred shares of the Company were automatically converted into 13,677,274 shares of common
stock of Aspen Group, Inc. (See Note 11).
Pursuant to the recapitalization discussed below and under generally accepted accounting rules, the Company is deemed to have issued
9,760,000 shares of common stock to the original stockholders of Aspen Group, Inc. Technically, no shares were issued since the original
stockholders owned their shares prior to March 13, 2012.
In April 2012, the Company issued 20,000 shares of common stock upon the conversion of $20,000 of convertible notes payable (See Note
9).
F-24
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2014 and 2013
On September 28, 2012, the Company raised $2,494,899 (net of offering costs of $262,101) from the sale of 78.77 Units (including
7,877,144 shares of common stock and 3,938,570 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share) through Laidlaw. Of the amount raised,
$212,000 or 605,716 shares of common stock were from directors of the Company. Also, on September 28, 2012, as a result of this
financing, all of the $1,706,000 (face value) of Convertible Notes from the Phase One financing automatically converted into 5,130,795 shares
of common stock at the contractual rate of $0.3325 per share. In addition, 202,334 shares of common stock and 50,591 five-year warrants
exercisable at $0.3325 per share were issued to settle $67,276 of accrued interest on the aforementioned Convertible Notes. Accordingly, a
loss of $3,339 was recognized upon settlement (See Note 9).
On September 28, 2012, as a result of the aforementioned financing, a $49,825 (face value) Convertible Note was automatically converted into
142,357 shares of common stock at the contractual rate of $0.35 per share. In addition, 112 shares of common stock were issued to settle $39
of accrued interest on the aforementioned convertible note. No gain or loss was recognized upon settlement (See Note 9).
On September 28, 2012, as a result of the initial closing of the Phase Two financing, 4,516,917 shares of common stock and warrants to
purchase 915,429 shares of common stock at $0.3325 per share were issued to the former owners of Aspen Series D and Series E shares
under the price protection provision. This resulted in an increase in stock of common stock of $4,517 with a corresponding decrease in
additional paid-in capital. 550,000 of the former Series D shares and all 1,700,000 of the former Series E shares continue to have price
protection through March 13, 2015.
On October 1, 2012, the Company purchased 264,000 shares of common stock for $132,000, from the Company's former chairman (see
Notes 4 and 15). On November 13, 2012, these shares were retired.
On December 7, 2012, the Company purchased 200,000 shares of common stock for $70,000, from the Company's former chairman. The
shares are being held as treasury shares.
On October 1, 2012, the Company retained two investor relations firms agreeing to pay one firm $50,000 a year for two years and issuing it
200,000 shares of common stock, having a fair value of $70,000 based on recent sales of common stock. The second firm was retained for
one year with a fee of $5,000 per month. The second firm also received 100,000 shares of common stock and 100,000 five-year warrants
exercisable at $0.60 per share, having a fair value of $43,000 based on recent sale of Units.
On October 10, 2012, the Company entered into a non-exclusive agreement with Global Arena Capital Corp. (“GAC”), a broker-dealer,
through which GAC agreed to use its best efforts to raise up to $2,030,000 from the sale of Units of common stock and warrants that are
identical to those Units sold on September 28, 2012. The Company agreed to compensate GAC from sales of Units by paying it compensation
equal to 10% of the gross proceeds sold by it. The Company also agreed to issue GAC five-year warrants to purchase 10% of the same Units
it sells to investors with an exercise price equal to the purchase price paid by investors ($35,000 per Unit). In addition, the Company agreed to
pay GAC a 3% non-accountable expense allowance from the proceeds of Units sold by it.
As of December 31, 2012, the Company raised $530,337 (net of offering costs of $184,663 and five-year warrants to purchase: (i) 100,000
shares of common stock at $0.35 per share and (ii) 98,000 shares of common stock at $0.50 per share.) from the sale of 20.43 Units
(including 2,042,856 shares of common stock and 1,021,432 warrants) under the offering.
During the period from February 13, 2013 through March 1, 2013, the Company raised $519,370 (net of offering costs of $45,630) from the
sale of 16.14 Units (including 1,614,286 shares of common stock and 807,143 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share) on its own
behalf without the use of a broker. The warrants have cashless exercise provisions. On March 14, 2013, and based on the Company having
increased the remainder of the Offering by $20,000, the Company entered into an exclusive engagement with Laidlaw & Company (UK) Ltd.
under which Laidlaw agreed to use its best effort to sell up to $770,000 of Units with the same terms as the Units the Company sold in 2012
and 2013 to date. Laidlaw received cash commissions of 10% based on the number of Units sold and five-year warrants equal to 10% of the
securities sold exercisable at $0.50 per share.
On April 18, 2013, the Company raised $522,170 (net of offering costs of $78,158 and five-year warrants to purchase 169,021 shares of
common stock at $0.50 per share) from the sale of 17.15 Units (comprised of 1,715,217 shares of common stock and 857,609 five-year
warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share). All of the Units were sold with the assistance of Laidlaw except $8,750, which the Company raised
on its own behalf and was not subject to a commission. Cash commissions of $59,158 and five-year warrants to purchase 169,021 shares of
common stock at $0.50 per share are due to Laidlaw as offering fees. The Laidlaw engagement terminated after these transactions.
F-25
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2014 and 2013
As part of two contracts entered into during the year ended April 30, 2014, the Company issued restricted stock to two firms as part of their
fees for services. The fair value of the stock issued was set up as a prepaid expense and was amortized over the service period of the contract.
Since the contract was terminated, the full amount was recognized during the three months ended January 31, 2014. On June 27, 2013, the
Company issued one firm 317,143 shares of its common stock valued at $0.35 per share (based on recent sales of shares by the Company) to
an investor relations firm pursuant to a service agreement with two service components, one for three months and one for 12 months. The
$111,000 of expense was being recognized in two pieces, $90,000 over 12 months and $21,000 over three months. On July 24, 2013, the
Company issued the second firm 300,000 shares of its common stock valued at $0.35 per share (based on recent sales of shares by the
Company) to a business development consultant pursuant to a six month consulting agreement. The $105,000 of expense was being amortized
over the life of the contract. Since the contract was terminated, the unamortized balance was recognized as an expense in the year ended April
30, 2014.
The Company issued 7,006,064 shares of common stock and received $804,049 in connection with warrant exercises more fully described
below.
As a result of the warrant modifications and exercises described below, the Company issued 3,270,678 shares of common stock as price
protection on prior cash investments.
On March 10, 2014, several members of the Board of Directors paid $600,000 in exchange for 3,157,895 shares of common stock and
3,157,895 warrants at $0.19 per share. On April 24, 2014, an investor paid $50,000 in exchange for 263,158 shares of common stock and
263,158 warrants at $0.19 per share. On April 30, 2014, a Director paid $100,000 in exchange for 526,318 shares of common stock and
526,318 warrants at $0.19 per share.
Recapitalization
On March 13, 2012 (the “recapitalization date”), Aspen University was acquired by Aspen Group, Inc., an inactive publicly-held company, in
a reverse merger transaction accounted for as a recapitalization of Aspen University (the “Recapitalization” or the “Reverse Merger”). The
common and preferred stockholders of the Company received 25,515,204 shares of common stock of Aspen Group, Inc. in exchange for
100% of the capital stock of Aspen University Inc. For accounting purposes, Aspen University Inc. is the acquirer and Aspen Group, Inc. is
the acquired company because the stockholders of Aspen University Inc. acquired both voting and management control of the combined
entity. As disclosed above, the Company is deemed to have issued 9,760,000 shares of common stock to the original stockholders of the
publicly-held entity. Accordingly, after completion of the recapitalization, the historical operations of the Company are those of Aspen
University Inc. and the operations since the recapitalization date are those of Aspen University Inc. and Aspen Group, Inc. The assets and
liabilities of both companies are combined at historical cost on the recapitalization date. As a result of the recapitalization and conversion of all
Company preferred shares into shares of common stock of the public entity, all redemption and dividend rights of preferred shares were
terminated. As a result of the recapitalization, the Company now has 120,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and
10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share authorized. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed from the publicly-held
company were as follows:
Cash and cash equivalents
Liabilities assumed
Net
Stock Warrants
$
$
337
(21,206)
(20,869)
On September 28, 2012, as a result of the initial closing of the Phase Two financing, (i) warrants to purchase 915,429 shares of common
stock at $0.3325 per share were issued to the former owners of Aspen Series D and Series E shares under full-ratchet price protection
provisions and (ii) the exercise price of the original 456,000 warrants held by the former owners of Series D and Series E shares changed
from $1.00 per share to $0.3325 per share. In addition, the exercise price of 426,500 warrants held by the former holders of Convertible Notes
(sold during March through June of 2012 with the assistance of Laidlaw) changed from $1.00 per share to $0.3325 per share under price
protection provisions. As the aforementioned issuances and changes in exercise price of warrants stemmed from price protection provisions in
the original contracts, no expense was recognized.
On October 1, 2012, the Company retained an investor relations firm. As part of its compensation, the investor relations firm received 100,000
five-year warrants exercisable at $0.60 per share, having a fair value of $8,000. As the warrants vested immediately, the entire $8,000 was
recognized as a prepaid expense and is being amortized over the term of the agreement.
F-26
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2014 and 2013
On October 23, 2012, the Company issued 150,000 five-year warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share, having a fair value of $15,000. As the
warrants vested immediately and were for prior services, the entire $15,000 was expensed immediately. On December 17, 2012, the warrants
were repriced to have an exercise price of $0.35 per share, resulting in additional expense of $4,500, which was expensed immediately.
During the four months ended April 30, 2013, the Company issued 1,833,770 warrants exercisable at $0.50 per share. (See “Common Stock”
above).
In July of 2013, the Company issued 1,115,026 warrants to a placement agent as a fee related to prior investments. There was no accounting
effect for this warrant issuance.
On September 26, 2013, warrants were issued in connection with a financing more fully described in Note 9 with a relative fair value of
$389,565, and were issued for 100% of the number of shares of common stock that could be purchased at the conversion price at closing or
6,736,842. The warrants have a five-year term and are exercisable for cash if an outstanding registration statement is in effect within 90 days
of closing. Also, as a placement agent fee, the Company paid $207,500 and issued 1,347,368 five year warrants with an exercise price of
$0.3325, valued at $94,316. The warrants and fees paid were recorded as a debt issue cost asset and are being amortized over the debt term
(See Note 9).
On January 15, 2014, a warrant exercise offering was completed whereby 4,231,840 warrants were offered at an exercise price of $0.19 per
warrant. The total proceeds received were $804,049 and since the exercise price was discounted from the stated prices of either $0.50 or
$0.3325, a warrant modification expense of $156,952 was recorded in accordance with ASC 718-20-35. This expense was calculated by
comparing the value of the warrants before and after the reduced price. As a result of the $0.19 exercise, an additional 5,178,947 new
warrants were issued at $0.19 per warrant as part of a price protection agreement with two investors. There was no accounting effect for this
warrant issuance.
On March 10, 2014, several members of the Board of Directors invested $600,000 in exchange for 3,157,895 shares of common stock and
3,157,895 warrants at $0.19 per share. On April 24, 2014, an investor invested $50,000 in exchange for 263,158 shares of common stock
and 263,158 warrants at $0.19 per share. On April 30, 2014, a Director invested $100,000 in exchange for 526,318 shares of common stock
and 526,318 warrants at $0.19 per share.
All other outstanding warrants issued by the Company to date have been related to capital raises. Accordingly, the Company has not
recognized any additional stock-based compensation for other warrants issued during the years presented. A summary of the Company’s
warrant activity during the year ended April 30, 2014 is presented below:
Warrants
Balance Outstanding, April 30, 2013
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired
Balance Outstanding, April 30, 2014
Exercisable, April 30, 2014
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Average
Remaining Aggregate
Intrinsic
Contractual
Value
Term
0.46
0.26
0.19
0.50
0.31
0.31
4.6 $
4.6 $
—
—
Number of
Shares
9,090,292 $
18,325,553
(4,231,840)
(40,000)
—
23,144,005 $
18,249,528 $
Certain of the Company’s warrants contain price protection. The Company evaluated whether the price protection provision of the warrant
would cause derivative treatment. In its assessment, the Company determined that since its shares are not readily convertible to cash due to an
inactive trading market, through April 30, 2014 the warrants are excluded from derivative treatment.
F-27
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2014 and 2013
Stock Incentive Plan and Stock Option Grants to Employees and Directors
Immediately following the closing of the Reverse Merger, on March 13, 2012, the Company adopted the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the
“Plan”) that provides for the grant of 2,500,000 shares (increased to 5,600,000 shares effective September 28, 2012, to 8,000,000 effective
January 16, 2013, and to 9,300,000 effective May 2013, and 14,300,000 effective July 2014) in the form of incentive stock options, non-
qualified stock options, restricted shares, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock units to employees, consultants, officers and directors.
On October 23, 2012, the Company issued non-Plan stock options to its executive officers as compensation for salary deferrals through
August 31, 2012. Messrs. Michael Mathews, Brad Powers and David Garrity received 288,911, 255,773, and 136,008 five-year stock
options, respectively, exercisable at $0.35 per share which options are fully vested. In aggregate, 680,692 stock options were issued to settle
$238,562 of accrued salaries. No gain was recognized as the settlement was between the Company and related parties. On January 16, 2013,
these options were modified to be Plan options.
On October 23, 2012, the Company issued additional non-Plan options to executive officers who reduced their salaries for the period
September 1 through December 31, 2012. The Company granted Messrs. Mathews, Powers and Garrity each 166,666 five-year options,
respectively, and Dr. Gerald Williams 47,620 five-year options, all exercisable at $0.35 per share with 25% of these options vesting on the last
day of September, October, November and December 2012, subject to the applicable executive remaining employed on each applicable vesting
date. In aggregate, 547,618 stock options were issued as part of the reduced salaries. All stock options or shares granted are valued on the
appropriate measurement date and the related expense shall be recognized over the requisite service period. On January 16, 2013, these options
were modified to be Plan options.
Prior to 2011, the Company received $22,000 from a director of the Company in exchange for a note payable bearing interest of 10%, due on
demand. On November 21, 2012, the director forgave the $22,000 balance due from Aspen in exchange for 62,857 five-year vested non-Plan
stock options exercisable at $0.35 per share. No gain was recognized as the settlement was between the Company and related parties. On
January 16, 2013, these options were modified to be Plan options.
On December 17, 2012, the Company repriced 1,705,000 stock options from having an exercise price of $1.00 per share to $0.35 per share.
Accordingly, the incremental increase in the fair value due to the repricing is being recognized over the remaining service period of the stock
options.
During the year ended December 31, 2012, including the aforementioned stock option issuances in this section, the Company granted to
employees 6,777,967 stock options, net of cancellations (including repriced stock options), all of which were under the Plan, having an
exercise price of $0.35 per share. While most of the options vest pro rata over three to four years on each anniversary date, 910,214 vested
immediately; all options expire five years from the grant date. The total fair value of stock options granted to employees during the four
months ended April 30, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $79,070 and $1,747,007, respectively. In connection with
employee stock options, the Company recorded compensation expense of $153,818, $81,605 and $252,057 for the four months ended April
30, 2013 and 2012 and for the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively.
During the four months ended April 30, 2013, the Company granted to employees 658,914 stock options, all of which were under the Plan,
having an exercise price of $0.35 per share. The options vest pro rata over three to four years on each anniversary date; all options expire five
years from the grant date. The total fair value of stock options granted to employees during the four months ended April 30, 2013 was
$79,070, which is being recognized over the respective vesting periods.
During the year ended April 30, 2014, the Company granted to employees 3,778,711 stock options, all of which were under the Plan, having
an exercise price ranging from $0.35 per share to $0.17 per share. The options vest pro rata over three years on each anniversary date; all
options expire five years from the grant date. The total fair value of stock options granted to employees during the year ended April 30, 2014
was $332,545, which is being recognized over the respective vesting periods.
F-28
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2014 and 2013
The Company estimates the fair value of share-based compensation utilizing the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which is dependent upon
several variables such as the expected option term, expected volatility of the Company’s stock price over the expected term, expected risk-free
interest rate over the expected option term, expected dividend yield rate over the expected option term, and an estimate of expected forfeiture
rates. The Company believes this valuation methodology is appropriate for estimating the fair value of stock options granted to employees and
directors which are subject to ASC Topic 718 requirements. These amounts are estimates and thus may not be reflective of actual future
results, nor amounts ultimately realized by recipients of these grants. The Company recognizes compensation on a straight-line basis over the
requisite service period for each award. The following table summarizes the assumptions the Company utilized to record compensation
expense for stock options granted to employees during the year ended April 30, 2014 the four months ended April 30, 2013, and during the
year ended December 31, 2012:
Assumptions
Expected life (years)
Expected volatility
Weighted-average volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Dividend yield
Expected forfeiture rate
April 30,
2014
3.3
45.0%
45.0%
0.38%
0.00%
n/a
April 30,
2013
3.5 - 3.75
46.3%- 46.5%
46.5%
.36%-.44%
0.00%
3.9%
December 31,
2012
2.5 - 3.8
44.2% - 50.9%
49.0%
0.31% - 0.60%
0.00%
1.7%
The Company utilized the simplified method to estimate the expected life for stock options granted to employees. The simplified method was
used as the Company does not have sufficient historical data regarding stock option exercises. The expected volatility is based on the average
of the expected volatilities from the most recent audited financial statements available for comparative public companies that are deemed to be
similar in nature to the Company. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yields with terms equivalent to the expected life of
the related option at the time of the grant. Dividend yield is based on historical trends. While the Company believes these estimates are
reasonable, the compensation expense recorded would increase if the expected life was increased, a higher expected volatility was used, or if
the expected dividend yield increased.
A summary of the Company’s stock option activity for employees and directors during the year ended April 30, 2014 is presented below:
Options
Balance Outstanding, April 30, 2013
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired
Balance Outstanding, April 30, 2014
Exercisable, April 30, 2014
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Remaining Aggregate
Intrinsic
Contractual
Value
Term
Number of
Shares
7,344,381 $
3,778,711 $
—
(646,680) $
—
10,476,412 $
0.35
0.25
0.35
0.35
2,050,332 $
0.35
4.0 $
3.8 $
—
—
The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted to employees during the four months ended April 30, 2014 was $0.06.
As of April 30, 2014, there was $767,237 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to nonvested share-based compensation
arrangements. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years.
Stock Option Grants to Non-Employees
On March 15, 2012, the Company granted 175,000 stock options to non-employees, all of which were under the Plan, having an exercise
price of $1.00 per share. The options vest pro rata over three years on each anniversary date; all options expire five years from the grant date.
The total fair value of the stock options granted was $57,750, all of which was recognized immediately as these stock options were issued for
prior services rendered. On December 17, 2012, the Company repriced the stock options issued from having an exercise price of $1.00 per
share to $0.35 per share. Accordingly, the incremental increase in the fair value of $15,750 was recognized immediately.
F-29
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2014 and 2013
On October 23, 2012, under the Plan, the Company issued to a consultant 20,000 five-year stock options exercisable at $0.50 per share
vesting in equal annual increments over a three-year period subject to the consultant continuing to provide services for the Company. The
total fair value of the stock options granted was $2,000, all of which was recognized immediately as these stock options were issued for prior
services rendered. On December 17, 2012, the Company repriced the stock options issued from having an exercise price of $0.50 per share to
$0.35 per share. Accordingly, the incremental increase in the fair value of $600 was recognized immediately.
The total fair value of 75,000 stock options granted to a faculty member during the four months ended April 30, 2013 was $9,000, which will
be recognized over 3 years as this contract employee provides services to Aspen.
The Company recorded compensation expense of $2,968 for the year ended April 30, 2014 and $244 for the four months ended April 30,
2013 in connection with this particular non-employee grant. The Company recorded compensation expense of $95,600 for the year ended
December 31, 2012, in connection with non-employee stock options. The total fair value of stock options granted to non-employees during the
year ended December 31, 2012 was $95,600, all of which was recognized immediately as these stock options were issued for prior services
rendered.
A summary of the Company's stock option activity for non-employees during the year ended April 30, 2014 is presented below:
Options
Balance Outstanding, April 30, 2013
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired
Balance Outstanding, April 30, 2014
Exercisable, April 30, 2014
Note 13. Income Taxes
The components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
Current:
Federal
State
Deferred:
Federal
State
Total Income tax expense (benefit)
F-30
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Average
Remaining Aggregate
Intrinsic
Contractual
Value
Term
Number of
Shares
270,000 $
— $
—
—
—
270,000 $
0.35
—
0.35
4.0 $
—
—
N/A
N/A
N/A
For the
For the
Year Ended Year Ended
For the
Four Months Ended
April 30,
2014
December 31,
2012
April 30,
2013
April 30,
2012
$
$
— $
—
—
—
—
—
— $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
— $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2014 and 2013
Significant components of the Company's deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Intangible assets
Deferred rent
Stock-based compensation
Contributions carryforward
Total deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment
Total deferred tax liabilities
Deferred tax assets, net
Valuation allowance:
Beginning of year
(Increase) during period
Ending balance
Net deferred tax asset
Presentation in the financial statements:
Deferred taxes, current portion
Deferred taxes, net of current portion
Net deferred tax assets
April 30,
2014
April 30,
2013
$
6,021,134 $
55,679
294,284
7,948
411,374
93
6,790,512
4,256,530
23,948
238,259
11,809
185,916
93
4,716,555
(126,297)
(126,297)
(31,714)
(31,714)
6,664,215
4,684,841
(4,684,841)
(1,979,374)
(6,664,215)
(4,166,510)
(518,331)
(4,684,841)
$
— $
—
April 30,
2014
April 30,
2013
$
$
— $
—
— $
—
—
—
A valuation allowance is established if it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company
recorded a valuation allowance at April 30, 2014 and 2013 due to the uncertainty of realization. Management believes that based upon its
projection of future taxable operating income for the foreseeable future, it is more likely than not that the Company will not be able to realize
the tax benefit associated with deferred tax assets. The net change in the valuation allowance during the year ended April 30, 2014 was an
increase of $1,979,374.
At April 30, 2014, the Company had $16,248,831 of net operating loss carryforwards which will expire from 2029 to 2034. The Company
believes its tax positions are all highly certain of being upheld upon examination. As such, the Company has not recorded a liability for
unrecognized tax benefits. As of April 30, 2014, tax years 2010 through 2013 remain open for IRS audit. The Company has received no
notice of audit from the Internal Revenue Service for any of the open tax years.
A reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. statutory rate to the effective income tax rate is as follows:
Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
Other
Change in valuation allowance
Effective income tax rate
F-31
2014
2013
34.0%
3.1
(0.1)
(37.0)
0.0%
34.0%
3.1
(0.1)
(37.0)
0.0%
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2014 and 2013
Note 14. Concentrations
Concentration of Credit Risk
As of April 30, 2014, the Company’s bank balances exceed FDIC insurance by approximately $592,000.
Note 15. Related Party Transactions
On December 14, 2011, Aspen loaned $150,000 to an Aspen officer in exchange for a promissory note bearing 3% per annum. As collateral,
the note was secured by 500,000 shares of Aspen’s common stock owned personally by the officer. The note along with accrued interest was
due and payable on September 14, 2012. During the year ended December 31, 2011, interest income of $210 was recognized on the note
receivable and is included in other current assets. As of December 31, 2011, the balance due on the note receivable was $150,000, all of which
is short-term. During the year ended December 31, 2012, interest income of $594 was recognized on the note receivable. On February 16,
2012, the note receivable from an officer was repaid along with accrued interest.
On March 30, 2008 and December 1, 2008, Aspen sold courseware pursuant to marketing agreements to HEMG, a related party and principal
stockholder of Aspen whose president is Mr. Patrick Spada, the former Chairman of Aspen, in the amount of $455,000 and $600,000,
respectively; UCC filings were filed accordingly. Under the marketing agreements, the receivables were due net 60 months. On September 16,
2011, HEMG pledged 772,793 Aspen Series C preferred shares (automatically converted to 654,850 shares of common stock on March 13,
2012) as collateral for this account receivable. On March 8, 2012, due to the impending reduction in the value of the collateral as the result of
the Series C conversion ratio and Aspen’s inability to engage Mr. Spada in good faith negotiations to increase HEMG’s pledge, Michael
Mathews, Aspen’s CEO, pledged 117,943 shares of common stock of Aspen, owned personally by him, valued at $1.00 per share based on
recent sales of capital stock as additional collateral to the accounts receivable, secured – related party. On March 13, 2012, Aspen deemed the
receivables stemming from the sale of courseware curricula to be in default.
On April 4, 2012, the Company entered into an agreement with: (i) an individual, (ii) HEMG, and (iii) Mr. Spada. Under the agreement, (a)
the individual purchased and HEMG sold to the individual 400,000 shares of common stock of the Company at $0.50 per share; (b) the
Company guaranteed it would purchase at least 600,000 shares of common stock of the Company at $0.50 per share within 90 days of the
agreement and the Company would use its best efforts to purchase from HEMG and resell to investors an additional 1,400,000 shares of
common stock of the Company at $0.50 per share within 180 days of the agreement; (c) provided HEMG and Mr. Spada fulfilled their
obligations under (a) and (b) above, the Company shall consent to additional private transfers by HEMG and/or Mr. Spada of up to 500,000
shares of common stock of the Company on or before March 13, 2013; (d) HEMG agreed to not sell, pledge or otherwise transfer 142,500
shares of common stock of the Company pending resolution of a dispute regarding the Company’s claim that HEMG sold 131,500 shares of
common stock of the Company without having enough authorized shares and a stockholder did not receive 11,000 shares of common stock of
the Company owed to him as a result of a stock dividend; and (e) the Company waived any default of the accounts receivable, secured - related
party and extend the due date to September 30, 2014. As of September 30, 2012, third party investors purchased 336,000 shares for $168,000
and the Company purchased 264,000 shares for $132,000 per section (b) above. Based on proceeds received on September 28, 2012 under a
private placement at $0.35 per Unit (consisting of one common share and one-half of a warrant exercisable at $0.50 per share), the value of the
aforementioned collateral decreased. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2012, the Company has recognized an allowance of $502,315 for this
account receivable. Based on the reduction in value of the collateral to $0.19, the company recognized an expense of $123,647 during the year
ended April 30, 2014. As of April 30, 2014 and April 30, 2013, the balance of the account receivable, net of allowance, was $146,831 and
$270,478 respectively.
Prior to 2011, Aspen received $22,000 from a director of Aspen in exchange for a note payable bearing interest of 10%, due on demand. On
November 21, 2012, the director forgave the $22,000 balance due from Aspen in exchange for 62,857 five-year vested non-Plan stock options
of the Company exercisable at $0.35 per share. No gain was recognized as the settlement was between the Company and related parties. On
January 16, 2013, these options were modified to be Plan options.
On March 13, 2012, the Company’s CEO loaned the Company $300,000 and received a convertible note due March 31, 2013, bearing interest
at 0.19% per annum. The note is convertible into shares of common stock of the Company at the rate of $1.00 per share upon five days written
notice to the Company. The Company evaluated the convertible note and determined that, for the embedded conversion option, there was no
beneficial conversion value to record as the conversion price is considered to be the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the
note issue date. On September 4, 2012, the maturity date was extended to August 31, 2013. On December 17, 2012, the maturity date was
extended to August 31, 2014. On July 16, 2014, the maturity date was extended to January 1, 2016. There was no accounting effect for these
two modifications (See Note 9).
F-32
ASPEN GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
April 30, 2014 and 2013
On August 14, 2012, the Company’s CEO loaned the Company $300,000 and received a convertible note, payable on demand, bearing
interest at 5% per annum. The note is convertible into shares of common stock of the Company at the rate of $0.35 per share (based on
proceeds received on September 28, 2012 under a private placement at $0.35 per unit). The Company evaluated the convertible notes and
determined that, for the embedded conversion option, there was no beneficial conversion value to record as the conversion price is considered
to be the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the note issue date. On September 4, 2012, the maturity date was extended to
August 31, 2013. On December 17, 2012, the maturity date was extended to August 31, 2014. On July 16, 2014, the maturity date was
extended to January 1, 2016 (See Note 9).
On June 28, 2013, the Company received $1,000,000 as a loan from the Chief Executive Officer. This loan was for a term of 6 months with
an annual interest rate of 10%, payable monthly. On September 25, 2013, as a term of the convertible debenture issued as discussed in Note 9,
the maturity of the debt to the CEO was extended to April 2, 2015. On July 16, 2014, the maturity of the debt to the CEO was extended to
January 1, 2016.
On March 10, 2014, several members of the Board of Directors invested $600,000 in exchange for 3,157,895 shares of common stock and
3,157,895 warrants at $0.19 per share. On April 30, 2014, a Director invested $100,000 in exchange for 526,318 shares of common stock
and 526,318 warrants at $0.19 per share.
Note 16. Subsequent Events
On June 4, 2014, a Director invested $50,000 in exchange for 263,158 shares of common stock and 263,158 warrants at $0.19 per share. On
June 24, 2014, two Directors invested $100,000 in exchange for 526,318 shares of common stock and 526,318 warrants at $0.19 per share.
On July 29, 2014, the Company raised $1,631,500 from the sale of units of common stock and warrants at a price of $0.155 per share from a
limited number of institutional and accredited investors. The units included 50% warrant coverage with five-year warrants exercisable at $0.19
per share. The Company issued a total of 10,525,809 shares of common stock and 5,262,905 warrants. Ms. Janet Gill, the Company’s Chief
Financial Officer invested $100,750. The Company agreed to register the common stock including the shares issuable upon the exercise of the
warrants within 60 days of the final closing. The termination date in the offering is August 31, 2014. Following the last closing, the Company
agreed to file a registration statement covering the shares of common stock including those issuable upon exercise of warrants.
In connection with the private placement referred to above, an existing shareholder agreed to waive an agreement precluding the Company
from selling securities below a certain price in exchange for 1,750,000 shares.
F-33
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit # Exhibit Description
3.1
3.2
3.3
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
10.10
10.11
10.12
10.13
10.14
10.15
10.16
10.17
10.18
10.19
10.20
10.21
10.22
10.23
10.24
10.25
10.26
Certificate of Incorporation, as amended
Bylaws
Amendment No. 1 to Bylaws
Employment Agreement dated as of May 16, 2013 – Mathews**
Wendolowski Employment Arrangement **
Gill Employment Arrangement **
2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended **
September 16, 2011 Spada Agreement
Consulting Agreement – Spada
Lock-Up/Leak-Out Agreement – Spada
Form of Lock-Up/Leak-Out Agreement – Officers and Directors
Spada / HEMG April 2012 Agreement
Spada - Indemnification Agreement
Form of Directors Indemnification Agreement
Stock Pledge Agreement - Mathews dated March 8, 2012
Stock Pledge Agreement - Mathews dated March 16, 2012
Form of Convertible Note – Mathews - $1.00
Form of Convertible Note – Mathews - $0.35
Promissory Note dated July 21, 2014 - Mathews
Form of Employee Stock Option Agreement
Form of Director Stock Option Agreement
Form of Siegel Stock Option Agreement**
Form of Subscription Agreement – 2014 Private Placement
Form of Registration Rights Agreement – 2014 Private Placement
Form of Warrant – 2014 Private Placement
D’Anton Agreement – Loan Cancellation
Consulting Agreement – AEK Consulting
Form of Securities Purchase Agreement - Hillair
Form of 8% Original Issue Discount Secured Convertible Debenture due
April 1, 2015 - Hillair
Form of Warrant - Hillair
Form of Security Agreement - Hillair
Form of Registration Rights Agreement- Hillair
Form of Subsidiary Guarantee - Hillair
Form of Subordination of Debt Agreement - Hillair
Form of Reduced Warrant Exercise Price Offer
Form of Agreement Not to Exercise
Consulting Agreement - Matte
Subsidiaries
Certification of Principal Executive Officer (302)
Certification of Principal Financial Officer (302)
10.27
10.28
10.29
10.30
10.31
10.32
10.33
10.34
21.1
31.1
31.2
32.1
Certification of Principal Executive and Principal Financial Officer (906)
101.INS XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
———————
** Management contract or compensation plan.
Incorporated by Reference
Date
Form
8-K
8-K
8-K
S-1
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K/A
8-K/A
8-K/A
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
S-1
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
3/19/12
3/19/12
3/12/14
7/3/13
3/19/12
3/19/12
3/19/12
3/19/12
5/7/12
5/7/12
5/7/12
3/19/12
3/19/12
7/25/14
7/25/14
7/25/14
3/19/12
3/13/14
3/13/14
3/13/14
2/11/13
Number
2.6
2.7
3.1
10.6
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
10.19
10.20
10.21
10.12
10.16
10.2
10.1
10.2
10.15
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.34
9/26/13
10.1
9/26/13
9/26/13
9/26/13
9/26/13
9/26/13
9/26/13
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
S-1
2/11/13
21.1
Filed or
Furnished
Herewith
Filed
Filed
Filed
Filed
Filed
Filed
Filed
Filed
Filed
Filed
Filed
Furnished
***
Filed
Filed
Filed
Filed
Filed
Filed
*** This exhibit is “furnished” and shall not be deemed “filed” or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11
or 12 of the Securities Act, and is not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to the
liabilities of those sections.
Copies of the exhibits referred to above will be furnished at no cost to our shareholders who make a written request to Aspen Group, Inc., 224
West 30th Street, Suite 604 New York, New York 10001 Attention: Corporate Secretary.
Named Executive Officer Compensation Arrangement
Mr. Gerard Wendolowski, Aspen’s Chief Operating Officer, receives $175,000 under an oral employment arrangement.
Exhibit 10.2
Named Executive Officer Compensation Arrangement
Ms. Janet Gill, Aspen’s Chief Financial Officer, receives $150,000 under an oral employment arrangement.
Exhibit 10.3
EXHIBIT 10.4
ASPEN GROUP, INC.
2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN, As Amended
1.
Scope of Plan; Definitions.
(a)
This 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is intended to advance the interests of Aspen Group,
Inc. (the “Company”) and its Related Corporations by enhancing the ability of the Company to attract and retain qualified
employees, consultants, Officers and directors, by creating incentives and rewards for their contributions to the success of
the Company and its Related Corporations. This Plan will provide to (a) Officers and other employees of the Company
and its Related Corporations opportunities to purchase common stock (“Common Stock”) of the Company pursuant to
Options granted hereunder which qualify as incentive stock options (“ISOs”) under Section 422(b) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”), (b) directors, Officers, employees and consultants of the Company and Related
Corporations opportunities to purchase Common Stock in the Company pursuant to options granted hereunder which do
not qualify as ISOs (“Non-Qualified Options”); (c) directors, Officers, employees and consultants of the Company and
Related Corporations opportunities to receive shares of Common Stock of the Company which normally are subject to
restrictions on sale (“Restricted Stock”); (d) directors, Officers, employees and consultants of the Company and Related
Corporations opportunities to receive grants of stock appreciation rights (“SARs”); and (e) directors, Officers, employees
and consultants of the Company and Related Corporations opportunities to receive grants of restricted stock units
(“RSUs”). ISOs, Non-Discretionary Options and Non-Qualified Options are referred to hereafter as “Options.” Options,
Restricted Stock, RSUs and SARs are sometimes referred to hereafter collectively as “Stock Rights.” Any of the Options
and/or Stock Rights may in the Compensation Committee’s discretion be issued in tandem to one or more other Options
and/or Stock Rights to the extent permitted by law.
(b)
For purposes of the Plan, capitalized words and terms shall have the following meaning:
“Board” means the board of directors of the Company.
“Bulletin Board” shall mean the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board.
“Chairman” means the chairman of the Board.
“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the consummation of the
sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in a transaction which requires
shareholder approval under applicable state law; or (ii) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company
with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the
Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being
converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at
least 50% of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its
parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.
“Code” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1(a).
“Common Stock” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1(a).
“Company” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1(a).
“Compensation Committee” means the compensation committee of the Board, if any, which shall consist
of two or more members of the Board, each of whom shall be both an “outside director” within the meaning of Section
162(m) of the Code and a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3. All references in this Plan to the
Compensation Committee shall mean the Board when (i) there is no Compensation Committee or (ii) the Board has
retained the power to administer this Plan.
“Disability” means “permanent and total disability” as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code or
successor statute.
“Disqualifying Disposition” means any disposition (including any sale) of Common Stock underlying an
ISO before the later of (i) two years after the date of employee was granted the ISO or (ii) one year after the date the
employee acquired Common Stock by exercising the ISO.
“Exchange Act” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1(a).
“Fair Market Value” shall be determined as of the last Trading Day before the date a Stock Right is
granted and shall mean:
securities exchange or the Bulletin Board.
(1) the closing price on the principal market if the Common Stock is listed on a national
(2) if the Company’s shares are not listed on a national securities exchange or the Bulletin
Board, then the closing price if reported or the average bid and asked price for the Company’s shares as published by Pink
Sheets LLC;
(3) if there are no prices available under clauses (1) or (2), then Fair Market Value shall be
based upon the average closing bid and asked price as determined following a polling of all dealers making a market in
the Company’s Common Stock; or
(4) if there is no regularly established trading market for the Company’s Common Stock or if
the Company’s Common Stock is listed, quoted or reported under clauses (1) or (2) but it trades sporadically rather than
every day, the Fair Market Value shall be established by the Board or the Compensation Committee taking into
consideration all relevant factors including the most recent price at which the Company’s Common Stock was sold.
“ISO” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1(a).
“Non-Discretionary Options” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1(a).
“Non-Qualified Options” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1(a).
“Officers” means a person who is an executive officer of the Company and is required to file ownership
reports under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.
“Options” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1(a).
“Plan” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1(a).
“Related Corporations” shall mean a corporation which is a subsidiary corporation with respect to the
Company within the meaning of Section 425(f) of the Code.
“Restricted Stock” shall have the meaning contained in Section 1(a).
“RSU” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1(a).
“SAR” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1(a).
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933.
“Stock Rights” shall have the meaning given to it in Section 1(a).
“Trading Day” shall mean a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.
This Plan is intended to comply in all respects with Rule 16b-3 (“Rule 16b-3”) and its successor rules as
promulgated under Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) for participants who are
subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. To the extent any provision of the Plan or action by the Plan administrators
fails to so comply, it shall be deemed null and void to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Plan
administrators. Provided, however, such exercise of discretion by the Plan administrators shall not interfere with the
contract rights of any grantee. In the event that any interpretation or construction of the Plan is required, it shall be
interpreted and construed in order to ensure, to the maximum extent permissible by law, that such grantee does not violate
the short-swing profit provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act and that any exemption available under Rule 16b-
3 or other rule is available.
2.
Administration of the Plan.
2.
Administration of the Plan.
(a)
The Plan may be administered by the entire Board or by the Compensation Committee. Once
appointed, the Compensation Committee shall continue to serve until otherwise directed by the Board. A majority of the
members of the Compensation Committee shall constitute a quorum, and all determinations of the Compensation
Committee shall be made by the majority of its members present at a meeting. Any determination of the Compensation
Committee under the Plan may be made without notice or meeting of the Compensation Committee by a writing signed
by all of the Compensation Committee members. Subject to ratification of the grant of each Stock Right by the Board
(but only if so required by applicable state law), and subject to the terms of the Plan, the Compensation Committee shall
have the authority to (i) determine the employees of the Company and Related Corporations (from among the class of
employees eligible under Section 3 to receive ISOs) to whom ISOs may be granted, and to determine (from among the
class of individuals and entities eligible under Section 3 to receive Non-Qualified Options, Restricted Stock, RSUs and
SARs) to whom Non-Qualified Options, Restricted Stock, RSUs and SARs may be granted; (ii) determine when Stock
Rights may be granted; (iii) determine the exercise prices of Stock Rights other than Restricted Stock and RSUs, which
shall not be less than the Fair Market Value; (iv) determine whether each Option granted shall be an ISO or a Non-
Qualified Option; (v) determine when Stock Rights shall become exercisable, the duration of the exercise period and
when each Stock Right shall vest; (vi) determine whether restrictions such as repurchase options are to be imposed on
shares subject to or issued in connection with Stock Rights, and the nature of such restrictions, if any, and (vii) interpret
the Plan and promulgate and rescind rules and regulations relating to it. The interpretation and construction by the
Compensation Committee of any provisions of the Plan or of any Stock Right granted under it shall be final, binding and
conclusive unless otherwise determined by the Board. The Compensation Committee may from time to time adopt such
rules and regulations for carrying out the Plan as it may deem best.
No members of the Compensation Committee or the Board shall be liable for any action or determination
made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Stock Right granted under it. No member of the Compensation
Committee or the Board shall be liable for any act or omission of any other member of the Compensation Committee or
the Board or for any act or omission on his own part, including but not limited to the exercise of any power and discretion
given to him under the Plan, except those resulting from his own gross negligence or willful misconduct.
(b)
The Compensation Committee may select one of its members as its chairman and shall hold
meetings at such time and places as it may determine. All references in this Plan to the Compensation Committee shall
mean the Board if no Compensation Committee has been appointed. From time to time the Board may increase the size of
the Compensation Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and
appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies however caused or remove all members of the Compensation
Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan.
(c)
Stock Rights may be granted to members of the Board, whether such grants are in their capacity as
(c)
Stock Rights may be granted to members of the Board, whether such grants are in their capacity as
directors, Officers or consultants. All grants of Stock Rights to members of the Board shall in all other respects be made
in accordance with the provisions of this Plan applicable to other eligible persons. Members of the Board who are either
(i) eligible for Stock Rights pursuant to the Plan or (ii) have been granted Stock Rights may vote on any matters affecting
the administration of the Plan or the grant of any Stock Rights pursuant to the Plan.
(d)
In addition to such other rights of indemnification as he may have as a member of the Board, and
with respect to administration of the Plan and the granting of Stock Rights under it, each member of the Board and of the
Compensation Committee shall be entitled without further act on his part to indemnification from the Company for all
expenses (including advances of litigation expenses, the amount of judgment and the amount of approved settlements
made with a view to the curtailment of costs of litigation) reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of
any action, suit or proceeding, including any appeal thereof, with respect to the administration of the Plan or the granting
of Stock Rights under it in which he may be involved by reason of his being or having been a member of the Board or the
Compensation Committee, whether or not he continues to be such member of the Board or the Compensation Committee
at the time of the incurring of such expenses; provided, however, that such indemnity shall be subject to the limitations
contained in any Indemnification Agreement between the Company and the Board member or Officer. The foregoing
right of indemnification shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors or administrators of each such member of the
Board or the Compensation Committee and shall be in addition to all other rights to which such member of the Board or
the Compensation Committee would be entitled to as a matter of law, contract or otherwise.
(e)
The Board may delegate the powers to grant Stock Rights to Officers to the extent permitted by
the laws of the Company’s state of incorporation.
3.
Eligible Employees and Others. ISOs may be granted to any employee of the Company or any Related
Corporation. Those Officers and directors of the Company who are not employees may not be granted ISOs under the
Plan. Subject to compliance with Rule 16b-3 and other applicable securities laws, Non-Qualified Options, Restricted
Stock, RSUs and SARs may be granted to any director (whether or not an employee), Officers, employees or consultants
of the Company or any Related Corporation. The Compensation Committee may take into consideration a recipient’s
individual circumstances in determining whether to grant an ISO, a Non-Qualified Option, Restricted Stock, RSUs or a
SAR. Granting of any Stock Right to any individual or entity shall neither entitle that individual or entity to, nor
disqualify him from participation in, any other grant of Stock Rights.
4.
Common Stock. The Common Stock subject to Stock Rights shall be authorized but unissued shares of
Common Stock, par value $0.001, or shares of Common Stock reacquired by the Company in any manner, including
purchase, forfeiture or otherwise. The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued pursuant to the
Plan is _________, less any Stock Rights previously granted or exercised subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14.
Any such shares may be issued under ISOs, Non-Qualified Options, Restricted
Stock, RSUs or SARs, so long as the number of shares so issued does not exceed the limitations in this Section. If any
Stock Rights granted under the Plan shall expire or terminate for any reason without having been exercised in full or shall
cease for any reason to be exercisable in whole or in part, or if the Company shall reacquire any unvested shares, the
unpurchased shares subject to such Stock Rights and any unvested shares so reacquired by the Company shall again be
available for grants under the Plan.
5.
Granting of Stock Rights.
(a)
The date of grant of a Stock Right under the Plan will be the date specified by the Board or
Compensation Committee at the time it grants the Stock Right; provided, however, that such date shall not be prior to the
date on which the Board or Compensation Committee acts to approve the grant. The Board or Compensation Committee
shall have the right, with the consent of the optionee, to convert an ISO granted under the Plan to a Non-Qualified Option
pursuant to Section 17.
(b)
The Board or Compensation Committee shall grant Stock Rights to participants that it, in its sole
discretion, selects. Stock Rights shall be granted on such terms as the Board or Compensation Committee shall determine
except that ISOs shall be granted on terms that comply with the Code and regulations thereunder.
(c)
A SAR entitles the holder to receive, as designated by the Board or Compensation Committee,
cash or shares of Common Stock, value equal to (or otherwise based on) the excess of: (a) the Fair Market Value of a
specified number of shares of Common Stock at the time of exercise over (b) an exercise price established by the Board
or Compensation Committee. The exercise price of each SAR granted under this Plan shall be established by the
Compensation Committee or shall be determined by a method established by the Board or Compensation Committee at
the time the SAR is granted, provided the exercise price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of
Common Stock on the date of the grant of the SAR, or such higher price as is established by the Board or Compensation
Committee. A SAR shall be exercisable in accordance with such terms and conditions and during such periods as may be
established by the Board or Compensation Committee. Shares of Common Stock delivered pursuant to the exercise of a
SAR shall be subject to such conditions, restrictions and contingencies as the Board or Compensation Committee may
establish in the applicable SAR agreement or document, if any. The Board or Compensation Committee, in its discretion,
may impose such conditions, restrictions and contingencies with respect to shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to
the exercise of each SAR as the Board or Compensation Committee determines to be desirable. A SAR under the Plan
shall be subject to such terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, as the Board or Compensation Committee
shall, in its discretion, prescribe. The terms and conditions of any SAR to any grantee shall be reflected in such form of
agreement as is determined by the Board or Compensation Committee. A copy of such document, if any, shall be
provided to the grantee, and the Board or Compensation Committee may condition the granting of the SAR on the
grantee executing such agreement.
(d)
An RSU gives the grantee the right to receive a number of shares of the Company’s Common
(d)
An RSU gives the grantee the right to receive a number of shares of the Company’s Common
Stock on applicable vesting or other dates. Delivery of the RSUs may be deferred beyond vesting as determined by the
Board or Compensation Committee. RSUs shall be evidenced by an RSU agreement in the form determined by the Board
or Compensation Committee. With respect to an RSU, which becomes non-forfeitable due to the lapse of time, the
Compensation Committee shall prescribe in the RSU agreement the vesting period. With respect to the granting of the
RSU, which becomes non-forfeitable due to the satisfaction of certain pre-established performance-based objectives
imposed by the Board or Compensation Committee, the measurement date of whether such performance-based objectives
have been satisfied shall be a date no earlier than the first anniversary of the date of the RSU. A recipient who is granted
an RSU shall possess no incidents of ownership with respect to such underlying Common Stock, although the RSU
agreement may provide for payments in lieu of dividends to such grantee.
(e)
Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan, the Board or Compensation Committee may impose
conditions and restrictions on any grant of Stock Rights including forfeiture of vested Options, cancellation of Common
Stock acquired in connection with any Stock Right and forfeiture of profits.
(f)
The Options and SARs shall not be exercisable for a period of more than 10 years from the date of
grant.
6.
Sale of Shares. The shares underlying Stock Rights granted to any Officers, director or a beneficial owner
of 10% or more of the Company’s securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act shall not be sold, assigned
or transferred by the grantee until at least six months elapse from the date of the grant thereof.
7.
ISO Minimum Option Price and Other Limitations.
(a)
The exercise price per share relating to all Options granted under the Plan shall not be less than the
Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the last trading day prior to the date of such grant. For purposes of
determining the exercise price, the date of the grant shall be the later of (i) the date of approval by the Board or
Compensation Committee or the Board, or (ii) for ISOs, the date the recipient becomes an employee of the Company. In
the case of an ISO to be granted to an employee owning Common Stock which represents more than 10% of the total
combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Related Corporation, the price per share shall not be
less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date of grant and such ISO shall not be
exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.
(b)
In no event shall the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time an ISO is granted) of
Common Stock for which ISOs granted to any employee are exercisable for the first time by such employee during any
calendar year (under all stock option plans of the Company and any Related Corporation) exceed $100,000.
8.
Duration of Stock Rights. Subject to earlier termination as provided in Sections 3, 5, 9, 10 and 11, each
8.
Duration of Stock Rights. Subject to earlier termination as provided in Sections 3, 5, 9, 10 and 11, each
Option and SAR shall expire on the date specified in the original instrument granting such Stock Right (except with
respect to any part of an ISO that is converted into a Non-Qualified Option pursuant to Section 17), provided, however,
that such instrument must comply with Section 422 of the Code with regard to ISOs and Rule 16b-3 with regard to all
Stock Rights granted pursuant to the Plan to Officers, directors and 10% shareholders of the Company.
9.
Exercise of Options and SARs; Vesting of Stock Rights. Subject to the provisions of Sections 3 and 9
through 13, each Option and SAR granted under the Plan shall be exercisable as follows:
(a)
The Options and SARs shall either be fully vested and exercisable from the date of grant or shall
vest and become exercisable in such installments as the Board or Compensation Committee may specify.
(b)
Once an installment becomes exercisable it shall remain exercisable until expiration or
termination of the Option and SAR, unless otherwise specified by the Board or Compensation Committee.
(c)
Each Option and SAR or installment, once it becomes exercisable, may be exercised at any time or
from time to time, in whole or in part, for up to the total number of shares with respect to which it is then exercisable.
(d)
The Board or Compensation Committee shall have the right to accelerate the vesting date of any
installment of any Stock Right; provided that the Board or Compensation Committee shall not accelerate the exercise date
of any installment of any Option granted to any employee as an ISO (and not previously converted into a Non-Qualified
Option pursuant to Section 17) if such acceleration would violate the annual exercisability limitation contained in Section
422(d) of the Code as described in Section 7(b).
10.
Termination of Employment. Subject to any greater restrictions or limitations as may be imposed by the
Board or Compensation Committee or by a written agreement, if an optionee ceases to be employed by the Company and
all Related Corporations other than by reason of death or Disability, no further installments of his Options shall vest or
become exercisable, and his Options shall terminate as provided for in the grant or on the day 12 months after the day of
the termination of his employment (except three months for ISOs), whichever is earlier, but in no event later than on their
specified expiration dates. Employment shall be considered as continuing uninterrupted during any bona fide leave of
absence (such as those attributable to illness, military obligations or governmental service) provided that the period of
such leave does not exceed 90 days or, if longer, any period during which such optionee’s right to re-employment is
guaranteed by statute. A leave of absence with the written approval of the Board shall not be considered an interruption of
employment under the Plan, provided that such written approval contractually obligates the Company or any Related
Corporation to continue the employment of the optionee after the approved period of absence. ISOs granted under the
Plan shall not be affected by any change of employment within or among the Company and Related
Corporations so long as the optionee continues to be an employee of the Company or any Related Corporation.
11.
agreement:
Death; Disability. Unless otherwise determined by the Board or Compensation Committee or by a written
(a)
If the holder of an Option or SAR ceases to be employed by the Company and all Related
Corporations by reason of his death, any Options or SARs held by the optionee may be exercised to the extent he could
have exercised it on the date of his death, by his estate, personal representative or beneficiary who has acquired the
Options or SARs by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, at any time prior to the earlier of: (i) the Options’ or
SARs’ specified expiration date or (ii) one year (except three months for an ISO) from the date of death.
(b)
If the holder of an Option or SAR ceases to be employed by the Company and all Related
Corporations, or a director or Director Advisor can no longer perform his duties, by reason of his Disability, any Options
or SARs held by the optionee may be exercised to the extent he could have exercised it on the date of termination due to
Disability until the earlier of (i) the Options’ or SARs’ specified expiration date or (ii) one year from the date of the
termination.
12.
Assignment, Transfer or Sale.
(a)
No ISO granted under this Plan shall be assignable or transferable by the grantee except by will or
by the laws of descent and distribution, and during the lifetime of the grantee, each ISO shall be exercisable only by him,
his guardian or legal representative.
(b)
Except for ISOs, all Stock Rights are transferable subject to compliance with applicable securities
laws and Section 6 of this Plan.
13.
Terms and Conditions of Stock Rights. Stock Rights shall be evidenced by instruments (which need not be
identical) in such forms as the Board or Compensation Committee may from time to time approve. Such instruments shall
conform to the terms and conditions set forth in Sections 5 through 12 hereof and may contain such other provisions as
the Board or Compensation Committee deems advisable which are not inconsistent with the Plan. In granting any Stock
Rights, the Board or Compensation Committee may specify that Stock Rights shall be subject to the restrictions set forth
herein with respect to ISOs, or to such other termination and cancellation provisions as the Board or Compensation
Committee may determine. The Board or Compensation Committee may from time to time confer authority and
responsibility on one or more of its own members and/or one or more Officers of the Company to execute and deliver
such instruments. The proper Officers of the Company are authorized and directed to take any and all action necessary or
advisable from time to time to carry out the terms of such instruments.
14.
Adjustments Upon Certain Events.
14.
Adjustments Upon Certain Events.
(a)
Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of shares of
Common Stock covered by each outstanding Stock Right, and the number of shares of Common Stock which have been
authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Stock Rights have yet been granted or which have been returned
to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of a Stock Right, as well as the price per share of Common Stock (or cash, as
applicable) covered by each such outstanding Option or SAR, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increases or
decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend,
combination or reclassification of Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of
Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any
convertible securities of the Company or the voluntary cancellation whether by virtue of a cashless exercise of a
derivative security of the Company or otherwise shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of
consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Board or Compensation Committee, whose determination in that
respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares
of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason
thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Right. No
adjustments shall be made for dividends or other distributions paid in cash or in property other than securities of the
Company.
(b)
In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Board or
Compensation Committee shall notify each participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed
transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, a Stock Right will terminate immediately prior to the
consummation of such proposed action.
(c)
In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or a Change of Control,
each outstanding Stock Right shall be assumed (as defined below) or an equivalent option or right substituted by the
successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation
refuses to assume or substitute for the Stock Rights, the participants shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise their
Stock Rights as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable. If a Stock Right becomes fully vested and
exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or sale of assets, the Board or Compensation
Committee shall notify the participant in writing or electronically that the Stock Right shall be fully vested and
exercisable for a period of at least 15 days from the date of such notice, and any Options or SARs shall terminate one
minute prior to the closing of the merger or sale of assets.
For the purposes of this Section 14(c), the Stock Right shall be considered “assumed” if, following the
merger or Change of Control, the option or right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each share of Common
Stock subject to the Stock Right immediately prior to the merger or Change of Control, the consideration (whether stock,
cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change of Control by holders of Common Stock for each
share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice
of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided,
however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change of Control is not solely common stock of the
successor corporation or its parent, the Board or Compensation Committee may, with the consent of the successor
corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Stock Right, for each share of Common
Stock subject to the Stock Right, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent equal in Fair
Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change of Control.
(d)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any adjustments made pursuant to Section 14(a), (b) or (c) with
respect to ISOs shall be made only after the Board or Compensation Committee, after consulting with counsel for the
Company, determines whether such adjustments would constitute a “modification” of such ISOs (as that term is defined
in Section 425(h) of the Code) or would cause any adverse tax consequences for the holders of such ISOs. If the Board or
Compensation Committee determines that such adjustments made with respect to ISOs would constitute a modification of
such ISOs it may refrain from making such adjustments.
(e)
No fractional shares shall be issued under the Plan and the optionee shall receive from the
Company cash in lieu of such fractional shares.
15.
Means of Exercising Stock Rights.
(a)
An Option or SAR (or any part or installment thereof) shall be exercised by giving written notice
to the Company at its principal office address. Such notice shall identify the Stock Right being exercised and specify the
number of shares as to which such Stock Right is being exercised, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price
therefor (to the extent it is exercisable in cash) either (i) in United States dollars by check or wire transfer; or (ii) at the
discretion of the Board or Compensation Committee, through delivery of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market
Value equal as of the date of the exercise to the cash exercise price of the Stock Right; or (iii) at the discretion of the
Board or Compensation Committee, by any combination of (i) and (ii) above. If the Board or Compensation Committee
exercises its discretion to permit payment of the exercise price of an ISO by means of the methods set forth in clauses (ii)
or (iii) of the preceding sentence, such discretion need not be exercised in writing at the time of the grant of the Stock
Right in question. The holder of a Stock Right shall not have the rights of a shareholder with respect to the shares covered
by his Stock Right until the date of issuance of a stock certificate to him for such shares. Except as expressly provided
above in Section 14 with respect to changes in capitalization and stock dividends, no adjustment shall be made for
dividends or similar rights for which the record date is before the date such stock certificate is issued.
(b)
Each notice of exercise shall, unless the shares of Common Stock are covered by a then current
registration statement under the Securities Act, contain the holder’s acknowledgment in form and substance satisfactory
to the Company that (i) such shares are being purchased for investment and not for distribution or resale (other than a
distribution or resale which, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, may be made without violating the
registration provisions of the Securities Act), (ii) the holder has been advised and
understands that (1) the shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and are “restricted securities” within the
meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and are subject to restrictions on transfer and (2) the Company is under no
obligation to register the shares under the Securities Act or to take any action which would make available to the holder
any exemption from such registration, and (iii) such shares may not be transferred without compliance with all applicable
federal and state securities laws. Notwithstanding the above, should the Company be advised by counsel that issuance of
shares should be delayed pending registration under federal or state securities laws or the receipt of an opinion that an
appropriate exemption therefrom is available, the Company may defer exercise of any Stock Right granted hereunder
until either such event has occurred.
16.
Term, Termination and Amendment.
(a)
This Plan was adopted by the Board. This Plan may be approved by the Company’s shareholders,
which approval is required for ISOs.
(b)
The Board may terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate
on March __, 2022 [or 10 years from the date the Board adopts the Plan]. No Stock Rights may be granted under the Plan
once the Plan is terminated. Termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Right
granted while the Plan is in effect, except with the written consent of the grantee.
(c)
The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the Plan. Provided, however, except as
provided in Section 14 relating to adjustments in Common Stock, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by
the shareholders of the Company to the extent (i) shareholder approval is necessary to satisfy the requirements of Section
422 of the Code or (ii) required by the rules of the principal national securities exchange or trading market upon which
the Company’s Common Stock trades. Rights under any Stock Rights granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be
impaired by any amendment of the Plan, except with the written consent of the grantee.
(d)
The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the terms of any one or more Stock
Rights; provided, however, that the rights under the Stock Right shall not be impaired by any such amendment, except
with the written consent of the grantee.
17.
Conversion of ISOs into Non-Qualified Options; Termination of ISOs. The Board or Compensation
Committee, at the written request of any optionee, may in its discretion take such actions as may be necessary to convert
such optionee’s ISOs (or any installments or portions of installments thereof) that have not been exercised on the date of
conversion into Non-Qualified Options at any time prior to the expiration of such ISOs, regardless of whether the
optionee is an employee of the Company or a Related Corporation at the time of such conversion. Provided, however, the
Board or Compensation Committee shall not reprice the Options or extend the exercise period or reduce the exercise price
of the appropriate installments of such Options without the approval of the Company’s shareholders. At the time of such
conversion, the Board or Compensation Committee (with the consent of the optionee) may impose such conditions on the
exercise of the resulting Non-Qualified Options as the Board or Compensation
Committee in its discretion may determine, provided that such conditions shall not be inconsistent with this Plan. Nothing
in the Plan shall be deemed to give any optionee the right to have such optionee’s ISOs converted into Non-Qualified
Options, and no such conversion shall occur until and unless the Board or Compensation Committee takes appropriate
action. The Compensation Committee, with the consent of the optionee, may also terminate any portion of any ISO that
has not been exercised at the time of such termination.
18.
Application of Funds. The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of shares pursuant to Options
or SARS (if cash settled) granted under the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.
19.
Governmental Regulations. The Company’s obligation to sell and deliver shares of the Common Stock
under this Plan is subject to the approval of any governmental authority required in connection with the authorization,
issuance or sale of such shares.
20.
Withholding of Additional Income Taxes. In connection with the granting, exercise or vesting of a Stock
Right or the making of a Disqualifying Disposition the Company, in accordance with Section 3402(a) of the Code, may
require the optionee to pay additional withholding taxes in respect of the amount that is considered compensation
includable in such person’s gross income.
To the extent that the Company is required to withhold taxes for federal income tax purposes as provided above,
if any optionee may elect to satisfy such withholding requirement by (i) paying the amount of the required withholding
tax to the Company; (ii) delivering to the Company shares of its Common Stock (including shares of Restricted Stock)
previously owned by the optionee; or (iii) having the Company retain a portion of the shares covered by an Option
exercise. The number of shares to be delivered to or withheld by the Company times the Fair Market Value of such shares
shall equal the cash required to be withheld.
21.
Notice to Company of Disqualifying Disposition. Each employee who receives an ISO must agree to
notify the Company in writing immediately after the employee makes a Disqualifying Disposition of any Common Stock
acquired pursuant to the exercise of an ISO. If the employee has died before such stock is sold, the holding periods
requirements of the Disqualifying Disposition do not apply and no Disqualifying Disposition can occur thereafter.
22.
Continued Employment. The grant of a Stock Right pursuant to the Plan shall not be construed to imply
or to constitute evidence of any agreement, express or implied, on the part of the Company or any Related Corporation to
retain the grantee in the employ of the Company or a Related Corporation, as a member of the Company’s Board or in
any other capacity, whichever the case may be.
23.
Governing Law; Construction. The validity and construction of the Plan and the instruments evidencing
Stock Rights shall be governed by the laws of the Company’s state of incorporation. In construing this Plan, the singular
shall include the plural and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, unless the context otherwise
requires.
24.
(a)
Forfeiture of Stock Rights Granted to Employees or Consultants. Notwithstanding any other
(a)
24.
Forfeiture of Stock Rights Granted to Employees or Consultants. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Plan, and unless otherwise provided for in a Stock Rights Agreement, all vested or unvested Stock
Rights granted to employees or consultants shall be immediately forfeited at the discretion of the Board if any of the
following events occur:
fraud, theft, dishonesty and violation of Company policy;
(1)
Termination of the relationship with the grantee for cause including, but not limited to,
trading guidelines then in effect;
(2)
Purchasing or selling securities of the Company in violation of the Company’s insider
trading guidelines then in effect;
(3)
Breaching any duty of confidentiality including that required by the Company’s insider
(4)
(5)
Competing with the Company;
Being unavailable for consultation after leaving the Company’s employment if such
availability is a condition of any agreement between the Company and the grantee;
termination is voluntary or for cause;
(6)
Recruitment of Company personnel after termination of employment, whether such
condition of employment or any other agreements between the Company and the grantee; or
(7)
Failure to assign any invention or technology to the Company if such assignment is a
the Company.
(8)
A finding by the Board that the grantee has acted disloyally and/or against the interests of
(b)
Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Plan, and unless otherwise provided for in a Stock Rights Agreement, all vested or unvested Stock Rights granted to
directors shall be immediately forfeited at the discretion of the Board if any of the following events occur:
Forfeiture of Stock Rights Granted to Directors.
trading guidelines then in effect;
(1)
Purchasing or selling securities of the Company in violation of the Company’s insider
trading guidelines then in effect;
(2)
Breaching any duty of confidentiality including that required by the Company’s insider
(3)
(4)
or
Competing with the Company;
Recruitment of Company personnel after ceasing to be a director;
(5)
A finding by the Board that the grantee has acted disloyally and/or against the interests of
the Company.
(5)
A finding by the Board that the grantee has acted disloyally and/or against the interests of
The Company may impose other forfeiture restrictions which are more or less restrictive and require a return of
profits from the sale of Common Stock as part of said forfeiture provisions if such forfeiture provisions and/or return of
provisions are contained in a Stock Rights Agreement.
(c)
Profits on the Sale of Certain Shares; Redemption. If any of the events specified in Section
24(a) or (b) of the Plan occur within one year from the date the grantee last performed services for the Company in the
capacity for which the Stock Rights were granted (the “Termination Date”) (or such longer period required by any
written agreement), all profits earned from the sale of the Company’s securities, including the sale of shares of common
stock underlying the Stock Rights, during the two-year period commencing one year prior to the Termination Date shall
be forfeited and immediately paid by the grantee to the Company. Further, in such event, the Company may at its option
redeem shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of the Stock Right by payment of the exercise price to the
grantee. To the extent that another written agreement with the Company extends the events in Section 24(a) or (b)
beyond one year following the Termination Date, the two-year period shall be extended by an equal number of days. The
Company’s rights under this Section 24(c) do not lapse one year form the Termination Date but are contract rights
subject to any appropriate statutory limitation period.
EXHIBIT 10.17
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
THIS NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of
______________ (the “Grant Date”) between Aspen Group, Inc. (the “Company”) and ____________ (the “Optionee”).
WHEREAS, by action taken by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) it has adopted the 2012 Equity Incentive
Plan (the “Plan”); and
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Plan, it has been determined that in order to enhance the ability of the Company to
attract and retain qualified employees, consultants and directors, the Company has granted the Optionee the right to
purchase the common stock of the Company pursuant to stock options.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises hereafter set forth and for other
good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.
Grant of Non-Qualified Options. On the Grant Date, the Company irrevocably granted to the Optionee, as
a matter of separate agreement and not in lieu of salary or other compensation for services, the right and option to
purchase all or any part of ______________ shares of authorized but unissued or treasury common stock of the Company
(the “Options”) on the terms and conditions herein set forth. The Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan, as
amended.
2.
3.
Price. The exercise price of the Options is $___________ per share.
Vesting - When Exercisable.
(a)
The Options shall vest in three equal annual increments with the first vesting date being
______________, subject to the Optionee’s continued service as an employee of the Company on each applicable vesting
date. Any fractional vesting shall be rounded up to the extent necessary. Notwithstanding any other provision in this
Agreement, the Options shall vest immediately on the occurrence of a Change of Control as defined under the Plan. In the
event of a Change of Control, the Options shall be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or
subsidiary of the successor corporation. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Options, all
Options immediately prior to the closing of the Change of Control event will automatically be exercised by a net exercise
of the Options, under which the Company will not require a payment of the exercise price of the Options in cash but will
reduce the number of shares of stock issued upon exercise by a whole number of shares based upon the price paid per
share by the successor corporation. For example, if the successor corporation pays $2.00 per share and your exercise price
is $0.50, if you hold 1,000 options, the Company will issue you 750 shares immediately prior to the Change of Control
event. If the successor corporation pays a price per share which is below the exercise price under Section 2, then the
Options will terminate immediately upon the Change of Control event if they are not assumed.
(b)
Subject to Section 24 of the Plan, any of the vested Options may be exercised prior to and until
(b)
Subject to Section 24 of the Plan, any of the vested Options may be exercised prior to and until
6:00 p.m. New York time five years from the Grant Date (the “Expiration Date”). None of the Options may be exercised
prior to vesting.
(c)
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, upon resolution of the Board or the
Committee (as defined in the Plan), the Options, whether vested or unvested, shall be immediately forfeited if any of the
events specified in Sections 24(a) or (b) of the Plan, as applicable, occur.
4.
Termination of Relationship. The Options granted hereunder shall be subject to the termination
provisions under Sections 10 and 11 of the Plan.
5.
Profits on the Sale of Certain Shares; Redemption. The Options granted hereunder shall be subject to the
redemption provisions under Section 24(c) of the Plan.
6.
Method of Exercise. The Options shall be exercisable by a written notice in the form attached to this
Agreement, which shall:
(a)
be signed by the person or persons entitled to exercise the Options and, if the Options are being
exercised by any person or persons other than the Optionee, be accompanied by proof, satisfactory to counsel for the
Company, of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Options;
(b)
be accompanied by full payment of the exercise price by tender to the Company of an amount
equal to the exercise price multiplied by the number of underlying shares being purchased either in cash, by wire transfer,
or by certified check or bank cashier’s check, payable to the order of the Company;
(c)
be accompanied by payment of any amount that the Company, in its sole discretion, deems
necessary to comply with any federal, state or local withholding requirements for income and employment tax purposes.
If the Optionee fails to make such payment in a timely manner, the Company may: (i) decline to permit exercise of the
Options or (ii) withhold and set-off against compensation and any other amounts payable to the Optionee the amount of
such required payment. Such withholding may be in the shares underlying the Options at the sole discretion of the
Company.
The certificate or certificates for shares of common stock as to which the Options shall be exercised shall be
registered in the name of the person or persons exercising the Options.
7.
Anti-Dilution Provisions. The Options granted hereunder shall have the anti-dilution rights set forth in
Section 14 of the Plan.
8.
Necessity to Become Holder of Record. Neither the Optionee, the Optionee’s estate, nor any Transferee
shall have any rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares underlying the Options until such person shall have
become the holder of record of such shares. No dividends or cash distributions, ordinary or extraordinary, shall be
provided to the holder if the record date is prior to the date on which such person became the holder of record thereof.
9.
Reservation of Right to Terminate Relationship. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall restrict the
9.
Reservation of Right to Terminate Relationship. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall restrict the
right of the Company to terminate the relationship of the Optionee at any time, with or without cause. The termination of
the relationship of the Optionee by the Company, regardless of the reason therefor, shall have the results provided for in
Section 24 of the Plan.
10.
Conditions to Exercise of Options. If a Registration Statement on Form S-8 (or any other successor form)
is not effective as to the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Options, the remainder of this Section 10 is
applicable as to federal law. In order to enable the Company to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities
Act”) and relevant state law, the Company may require the Optionee, the Optionee’s estate, or any Transferee as a
condition of the exercising of the Options granted hereunder, to give written assurance satisfactory to the Company that
the shares subject to the Options are being acquired for such person’s own account, for investment only, with no view to
the distribution of same, and that any subsequent resale of any such shares either shall be made pursuant to a registration
statement under the Securities Act and applicable state law which has become effective and is current with regard to the
shares being sold, or shall be pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state law.
The Options are further subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Board shall determine, in its discretion,
that the listing, registration, or qualification of the shares of common stock underlying the Options upon any securities
exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary
as a condition of, or in connection with the issue or purchase of shares underlying the Options, the Options may not be
exercised in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected.
11.
Sale of Shares Acquired Upon Exercise of Options. If the Optionee is an officer (as defined by Section
16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Section 16(b)”)) or a director of the Company, any shares of the
Company’s common stock acquired pursuant to the Options cannot be sold by the Optionee until at least six months
elapse from the Grant Date except in case of death or disability or if the grant was exempt from the short-swing profit
provisions of Section 16(b).
12.
Transfer. No transfer of the Options by the Optionee by will or by the laws of descent and distribution
shall be effective to bind the Company unless the Company shall have been furnished with written notice thereof and a
copy of the letters testamentary or such other evidence as the Board may deem necessary to establish the authority of the
estate and the acceptance by the Transferee or Transferees of the terms and conditions of the Options.
13.
Duties of the Company. The Company will at all times during the term of the Options:
(a)
Reserve and keep available for issue such number of shares of its authorized and unissued common
stock as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Agreement;
(b)
Pay all original issue taxes with respect to the issuance of shares pursuant hereto and all other fees
and expenses necessarily incurred by the Company in connection therewith;
(c)
Company, shall be applicable thereto.
Use its best efforts to comply with all laws and regulations which, in the opinion of counsel for the
14.
Parties Bound by Plan. The Plan and each determination, interpretation or other action made or taken
14.
Parties Bound by Plan. The Plan and each determination, interpretation or other action made or taken
pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final and shall be binding and conclusive for all purposes on the Company
and the Optionee and the Optionee’s respective successors in interest.
15.
Severability. In the event any parts of this Agreement are found to be void, the remaining provisions of
this Agreement shall nevertheless be binding with the same effect as though the void parts were deleted.
16.
Arbitration. Except to the extent a party is seeking equitable relief, any controversy, dispute or claim
arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or its interpretation, application, implementation, breach or enforcement
which the parties are unable to resolve by mutual agreement, shall be settled by submission by either party of the
controversy, claim or dispute to binding arbitration in New York County, New York (unless the parties agree in writing
to a different location), before a single arbitrator in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association
then in effect. The decision and award made by the arbitrator shall be final, binding and conclusive on all parties hereto
for all purposes, and judgment may be entered thereon in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
17.
Benefit. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
legal representatives, successors and assigns.
18.
Notices and Addresses. All notices, offers, acceptance and any other acts under this Agreement (except
payment) shall be in writing and shall be delivered to the addresses in person, by FedEx or similar receipted delivery as
follows:
The Optionee:
The Company:
with a copy to:
at the address on the Signature Page
Aspen Group, Inc.
224 West 30th Street, Suite 604
New York, New York 10001
Attention: Janet M. Gill
Michael D. Harris, Esq.
Nason, Yeager, Gerson, White & Lioce, P.A.
1645 Palm Beach Lakes Blvd.,
Suite 1200
West Palm Beach, FL 33401
or to such other address as either of them, by notice to the other may designate from time to time.
19.
Attorney’s Fees. In the event that there is any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this
Agreement, or to the interpretation, breach or enforcement thereof, and any action or proceeding is commenced to
enforce the provisions of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to a reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and
expenses.
20.
Governing Law. This Agreement and any dispute, disagreement, or issue of construction or interpretation
20.
Governing Law. This Agreement and any dispute, disagreement, or issue of construction or interpretation
arising hereunder whether relating to its execution, its validity, the obligations provided herein or performance whether
sounding in contract, tort or otherwise shall be governed or interpreted according to the laws of Delaware without regard
to choice of law considerations.
21.
Oral Evidence. This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement between the parties and supersedes all
prior oral and written agreements between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. Neither this
Agreement nor any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, except by a statement in
writing signed by the party or parties against which enforcement or the change, waiver discharge or termination is sought.
22.
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be
deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The execution of this
Agreement may be by actual or facsimile signature.
23.
Section or Paragraph Headings. Section headings herein have been inserted for reference only and shall
not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect, in any matter, or be deemed to interpret in whole or in part any of the terms or
provisions of this Agreement.
24.
Stop-Transfer Orders.
(a)
The Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions set forth in the Plan
and this Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its duly authorized transfer agent,
if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its
own records.
(b)
The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any shares of the Company’s
common stock that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of the Plan or the
Agreement or (ii) to treat the owner of such shares of common stock or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any
purchaser or other Transferee to whom such shares of common stock shall have been so transferred.
25.
Exclusive Jurisdiction and Venue. Any action brought by either party against the other concerning the
transactions contemplated by or arising under this Agreement shall be brought only in the state or federal courts of New
York and venue shall be in New York County or appropriate federal district and division. The parties to this Agreement
hereby irrevocably waive any objection to jurisdiction and venue of any action instituted hereunder and shall not assert
any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue or based upon forum non conveniens.
[Signature Page to Follow]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have set their hand and seals the day and year first above written.
WITNESSES:
ASPEN GROUP, INC.
By:
OPTIONEE:
Address:
NOTICE OF EXERCISE
To:
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________
Attention _________, _______________
Facsimile: (____) _____-______
Please be advised that I hereby elect to exercise my option to purchase shares of ___________, pursuant to the
Stock Option Agreement dated __________________.
Number of Shares to Be Purchased:
_______________
Multiplied by: Purchase Price Per Share
$______________
Total Purchase Price
$_______________
Please check the payment method below:
____
Enclosed is a check for the total purchase price above.
____
Wire transfer sent on _____________, 20__.
Please contact me as soon as possible to discuss the possible payment of withholding taxes and any other documents we
may require.
Name of Option Holder (Please Print): ________________________________
Address of Option Holder
________________________________________________________________
Telephone Number of Option Holder:
________________________________
Social Security Number of Option Holder:
________________________________
If the certificate is to be issued to person other than the Option Holder, please provide the following for such person:
________________________________
(Name)
________________________________
(Address)
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
(Telephone Number)
________________________________
(Social Security Number)
In connection with the issuance of the Common Stock, if the Common Stock may not be immediately publicly sold, I
hereby represent to the Company that I am acquiring the Common Stock for my own account for investment and not with
a view to, or for resale in connection with, a distribution of the shares within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933
(the “Securities Act”).
I am______ am not ______ [please initial one] an accredited investor for at least one of the reasons on the attached
Exhibit A. If the SEC has amended the rule defining the definition of accredited investor, the new provisions shall be
applicable. I acknowledge that as a condition to exercise the Options, the Company may request updated information
regarding the Holder’s status as an accredited investor. My exercise of the Options shall be in compliance with the
applicable exemptions under the Securities Act and applicable state law.
________________________________
Signature of Option Holder
Dated: _________________
Exhibit A To Stock Option Agreement
For Individual Investors Only:
1.
A person who has an individual net worth, or a person who with his or her spouse has a combined net worth,
in excess of $1,000,000. For purposes of calculating net worth under this paragraph (1), (i) the primary residence shall not be
included as an asset, (ii) to the extent that the indebtedness that is secured by the primary residence is in excess of the fair
market value of the primary residence, the excess amount shall be included as a liability, and (iii) if the amount of
outstanding indebtedness that is secured by the primary residence exceeds the amount outstanding 60 days prior to
exercising the stock options, other than as a result of the acquisition of the primary residence, the amount of such excess
shall be included as a liability.
2a.
A person who had individual income (exclusive of any income attributable to the person’s spouse) of more
than who has $200,000 in each of the two most recently completed years and who reasonably expects to have an individual
income in excess of $200,000 this year.
2b.
Alternatively, a person, who with his or her spouse, has joint income in excess of $300,000 in each
applicable year.
3.
A director or executive officer of the Company.
Other Investors:
4.
Any bank as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”) whether acting in its
individual or fiduciary capacity; any broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934; insurance company as defined in Section 2(13) of the Securities Act; investment company registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of that Act; Small
Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under Section 301(c) or (d) of the Small
Business Investment Act of 1958; any plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency
or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in
excess of $5,000,000; employee benefit plan within the meaning of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974, if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in Section 3(21) of such Act, which is either a
bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment advisor, or if the employee benefit plan has
total assets in excess of $5,000,000, or if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are
accredited investors.
5.
A private business development company as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisors Act of
1940.
6.
An organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, corporation, Massachusetts or
similar business trust or partnership, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets
in excess of $5,000,000.
7.
A trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the
securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as described in Rule 506(b)(2)(ii) of the Securities
Act.
8.
An entity in which all of the equity owners are accredited investors.
EXHIBIT 10.18
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
THIS NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) entered into as of ___________
between Aspen Group, Inc. (the “Company”) and ________ (the “Optionee”).
WHEREAS, by action taken by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) it has adopted the 2012 Equity Incentive
Plan (the “Plan”); and
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Plan, it has been determined that in order to enhance the ability of the Company to
attract and retain qualified employees, consultants and directors, the Company has granted the Optionee the right to
purchase the common stock of the Company pursuant to stock options.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises hereafter set forth and for other
good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.
Grant of Non-Qualified Options. On the Grant Date, the Company irrevocably granted to the Optionee, as
a matter of separate agreement and not in lieu of salary or other compensation for services, the right and option to
purchase all or any part of ________ shares of authorized but unissued or treasury common stock of the Company (the
“Options”) on the terms and conditions herein set forth. The Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan, as
amended.
2.
3.
Price. The exercise price of the Options is $_______ per share.
Vesting - When Exercisable.
(a)
The Options shall vest in three equal annual increments with the first vesting date being one year
from the Grant Date, subject to the Optionee’s continued service as ____________ on each applicable vesting date. Any
fractional vesting shall be rounded up to the extent necessary. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement,
the Options shall vest immediately on the occurrence of a Change of Control as defined under the Plan. In the event of a
Change of Control, the Options shall be assumed or substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of
the successor corporation. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Options, all Options
immediately prior to the closing of the Change of Control event will automatically be exercised by a net exercise of the
Options, under which the Company will not require a payment of the exercise price of the Options in cash but will reduce
the number of shares of stock issued upon exercise by a whole number of shares based upon the price paid per share by the
successor corporation. For example, if the successor corporation pays $2.00 per share and your exercise price is $0.50, if
you hold 1,000 options, the Company will issue you 750 shares immediately prior to the Change of Control event. If the
successor corporation pays a price per share which is below the exercise price under Section 2, then the Options will
terminate immediately upon the Change of Control event if they are not assumed. If the successor corporation pays a
price per share which is below the exercise price under Section 2, then the Options will terminate immediately upon the
Change of Control event if they are not assumed.
(b)
Subject to Section 24 of the Plan, any of the vested Options may be exercised prior to and until
6:00 p.m. New York time five years from the Grant Date (the “Expiration Date”). None of the Options may be exercised
prior to vesting.
(c)
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, upon resolution of the Board or the
Committee (as defined in the Plan), the Options, whether vested or unvested, shall be immediately forfeited if any of the
events specified in Sections 24(a) or (b) of the Plan, as applicable, occur.
4.
Termination of Relationship. The Options granted hereunder shall be subject to the termination
provisions under Sections 10 and 11 of the Plan.
5.
Profits on the Sale of Certain Shares; Redemption. The Options granted hereunder shall be subject to the
redemption provisions under Section 24(c) of the Plan.
6.
Method of Exercise. The Options shall be exercisable by a written notice in the form attached to this
Agreement, which shall:
(a)
be signed by the person or persons entitled to exercise the Options and, if the Options are being
exercised by any person or persons other than the Optionee, be accompanied by proof, satisfactory to counsel for the
Company, of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Options;
(b)
be accompanied by full payment of the exercise price by tender to the Company of an amount
equal to the exercise price multiplied by the number of underlying shares being purchased either in cash, by wire transfer,
or by certified check or bank cashier’s check, payable to the order of the Company;
(c)
be accompanied by payment of any amount that the Company, in its sole discretion, deems
necessary to comply with any federal, state or local withholding requirements for income and employment tax purposes.
If the Optionee fails to make such payment in a timely manner, the Company may: (i) decline to permit exercise of the
Options or (ii) withhold and set-off against compensation and any other amounts payable to the Optionee the amount of
such required payment. Such withholding may be in the shares underlying the Options at the sole discretion of the
Company.
The certificate or certificates for shares of common stock as to which the Options shall be exercised shall be
registered in the name of the person or persons exercising the Options.
7.
Anti-Dilution Provisions. The Options granted hereunder shall have the anti-dilution rights set forth in
Section 14 of the Plan.
8.
Necessity to Become Holder of Record. Neither the Optionee, the Optionee’s estate, nor any Transferee
shall have any rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares underlying the Options until such person shall have
become the holder of record of such shares. No dividends or cash distributions, ordinary or extraordinary, shall be
provided to the holder if the record date is prior to the date on which such person became the holder of record thereof.
9.
Reservation of Right to Terminate Relationship. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall restrict the
9.
Reservation of Right to Terminate Relationship. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall restrict the
right of the Company to terminate the relationship of the Optionee at any time, with or without cause. The termination of
the relationship of the Optionee by the Company, regardless of the reason therefor, shall have the results provided for in
Section 24 of the Plan.
10.
Conditions to Exercise of Options. If a Registration Statement on Form S-8 (or any other successor form)
is not effective as to the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Options, the remainder of this Section 10 is
applicable as to federal law. In order to enable the Company to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities
Act”) and relevant state law, the Company may require the Optionee, the Optionee’s estate, or any Transferee as a
condition of the exercising of the Options granted hereunder, to give written assurance satisfactory to the Company that
the shares subject to the Options are being acquired for such person’s own account, for investment only, with no view to
the distribution of same, and that any subsequent resale of any such shares either shall be made pursuant to a registration
statement under the Securities Act and applicable state law which has become effective and is current with regard to the
shares being sold, or shall be pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state law.
The Options are further subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Board shall determine, in its discretion,
that the listing, registration, or qualification of the shares of common stock underlying the Options upon any securities
exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary
as a condition of, or in connection with the issue or purchase of shares underlying the Options, the Options may not be
exercised in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected.
11.
Sale of Shares Acquired Upon Exercise of Options. If the Optionee is an officer (as defined by Section
16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Section 16(b)”)) or a director of the Company, any shares of the
Company’s common stock acquired pursuant to the Options cannot be sold by the Optionee until at least six months
elapse from the Grant Date except in case of death or disability or if the grant was exempt from the short-swing profit
provisions of Section 16(b).
12.
Transfer. No transfer of the Options by the Optionee by will or by the laws of descent and distribution
shall be effective to bind the Company unless the Company shall have been furnished with written notice thereof and a
copy of the letters testamentary or such other evidence as the Board may deem necessary to establish the authority of the
estate and the acceptance by the Transferee or Transferees of the terms and conditions of the Options.
13.
Duties of the Company. The Company will at all times during the term of the Options:
(a)
Reserve and keep available for issue such number of shares of its authorized and unissued common
stock as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Agreement;
(b)
Pay all original issue taxes with respect to the issuance of shares pursuant hereto and all other fees
and expenses necessarily incurred by the Company in connection therewith;
(c)
Company, shall be applicable thereto.
Use its best efforts to comply with all laws and regulations which, in the opinion of counsel for the
14.
Parties Bound by Plan. The Plan and each determination, interpretation or other action made or taken
14.
Parties Bound by Plan. The Plan and each determination, interpretation or other action made or taken
pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final and shall be binding and conclusive for all purposes on the Company
and the Optionee and the Optionee’s respective successors in interest.
15.
Severability. In the event any parts of this Agreement are found to be void, the remaining provisions of
this Agreement shall nevertheless be binding with the same effect as though the void parts were deleted.
16.
Arbitration. Except to the extent a party is seeking equitable relief, any controversy, dispute or claim
arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or its interpretation, application, implementation, breach or enforcement
which the parties are unable to resolve by mutual agreement, shall be settled by submission by either party of the
controversy, claim or dispute to binding arbitration in New York County, New York (unless the parties agree in writing
to a different location), before a single arbitrator in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association
then in effect. The decision and award made by the arbitrator shall be final, binding and conclusive on all parties hereto
for all purposes, and judgment may be entered thereon in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
17.
Benefit. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
legal representatives, successors and assigns.
18.
Notices and Addresses. All notices, offers, acceptance and any other acts under this Agreement (except
payment) shall be in writing and shall be delivered to the addresses in person, by FedEx or similar receipted delivery as
follows:
The Optionee:
The Company:
with a copy to:
at the address on the Signature Page
Aspen Group, Inc.
224 West 30th Street, Suite 604
New York, New York 10001
Attention: Janet Gill
Michael D. Harris, Esq.
Nason, Yeager, Gerson, White & Lioce, P.A.
1645 Palm Beach Lakes Blvd.,
Suite 1200
West Palm Beach, FL 33401
or to such other address as either of them, by notice to the other may designate from time to time.
19.
Attorney’s Fees. In the event that there is any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this
Agreement, or to the interpretation, breach or enforcement thereof, and any action or proceeding is commenced to
enforce the provisions of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to a reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and
expenses.
20.
Governing Law. This Agreement and any dispute, disagreement, or issue of construction or interpretation
arising hereunder whether relating to its execution, its validity, the obligations provided herein or performance whether
sounding in contract, tort or otherwise shall be governed or interpreted according to the laws of Delaware without regard
to choice of law considerations.
21.
Oral Evidence. This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement between the parties and supersedes all
prior oral and written agreements between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. Neither this
Agreement nor any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, except by a statement in
writing signed by the party or parties against which enforcement or the change, waiver discharge or termination is sought.
22.
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be
deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The execution of this
Agreement may be by actual or facsimile signature.
23.
Section or Paragraph Headings. Section headings herein have been inserted for reference only and shall
not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect, in any matter, or be deemed to interpret in whole or in part any of the terms or
provisions of this Agreement.
24.
Stop-Transfer Orders.
(a)
The Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions set forth in the Plan
and this Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its duly authorized transfer agent,
if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its
own records.
(b)
The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any shares of the Company’s
common stock that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of the Plan or the
Agreement or (ii) to treat the owner of such shares of common stock or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any
purchaser or other Transferee to whom such shares of common stock shall have been so transferred.
25.
Exclusive Jurisdiction and Venue. Any action brought by either party against the other concerning the
transactions contemplated by or arising under this Agreement shall be brought only in the state or federal courts of New
York and venue shall be in New York County or appropriate federal district and division. The parties to this Agreement
hereby irrevocably waive any objection to jurisdiction and venue of any action instituted hereunder and shall not assert
any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue or based upon forum non conveniens.
[Signature Page to Follow]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have set their hand and seals the day and year first above written.
WITNESSES:
ASPEN GROUP, INC.
By:
Chief Financial Officer
OPTIONEE:
Address:
NOTICE OF EXERCISE
To:
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________
Attention _________, _______________
Facsimile: (____) _____-______
Please be advised that I hereby elect to exercise my option to purchase shares of ___________, pursuant to the
Stock Option Agreement dated __________________.
Number of Shares to Be Purchased:
_______________
Multiplied by: Purchase Price Per Share
$______________
Total Purchase Price
$_______________
Please check the payment method below:
____
Enclosed is a check for the total purchase price above.
____
Wire transfer sent on _____________, 20__.
Please contact me as soon as possible to discuss the possible payment of withholding taxes and any other documents we
may require.
Name of Option Holder (Please Print): ________________________________
Address of Option Holder
________________________________________________________________
Telephone Number of Option Holder:
________________________________
Social Security Number of Option Holder:
________________________________
If the certificate is to be issued to person other than the Option Holder, please provide the following for such person:
________________________________
(Name)
________________________________
(Address)
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
(Telephone Number)
________________________________
(Social Security Number)
In connection with the issuance of the Common Stock, if the Common Stock may not be immediately publicly sold, I
hereby represent to the Company that I am acquiring the Common Stock for my own account for investment and not with
a view to, or for resale in connection with, a distribution of the shares within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933
(the “Securities Act”).
I am______ am not ______ [please initial one] an accredited investor for at least one of the reasons on the attached
Exhibit A. If the SEC has amended the rule defining the definition of accredited investor, the new provisions shall be
applicable. I acknowledge that as a condition to exercise the Options, the Company may request updated information
regarding the Holder’s status as an accredited investor. My exercise of the Options shall be in compliance with the
applicable exemptions under the Securities Act and applicable state law.
________________________________
Signature of Option Holder
Dated: _________________
For Individual Investors Only:
Exhibit A To Stock Option Agreement
1.
A person who has an individual net worth, or a person who with his or her spouse has a combined net worth,
in excess of $1,000,000. For purposes of calculating net worth under this paragraph (1), (i) the primary residence shall not be
included as an asset, (ii) to the extent that the indebtedness that is secured by the primary residence is in excess of the fair
market value of the primary residence, the excess amount shall be included as a liability, and (iii) if the amount of
outstanding indebtedness that is secured by the primary residence exceeds the amount outstanding 60 days prior to
exercising the stock options, other than as a result of the acquisition of the primary residence, the amount of such excess
shall be included as a liability.
2a.
A person who had individual income (exclusive of any income attributable to the person’s spouse) of more
than who has $200,000 in each of the two most recently completed years and who reasonably expects to have an individual
income in excess of $200,000 this year.
2b.
Alternatively, a person, who with his or her spouse, has joint income in excess of $300,000 in each
applicable year.
3.
A director or executive officer of the Company.
Other Investors:
4.
Any bank as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”) whether acting in its
individual or fiduciary capacity; any broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934; insurance company as defined in Section 2(13) of the Securities Act; investment company registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of that Act; Small
Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under Section 301(c) or (d) of the Small
Business Investment Act of 1958; any plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency
or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in
excess of $5,000,000; employee benefit plan within the meaning of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974, if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in Section 3(21) of such Act, which is either a
bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment advisor, or if the employee benefit plan has
total assets in excess of $5,000,000, or if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are
accredited investors.
5.
A private business development company as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisors Act of
1940.
6.
An organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, corporation, Massachusetts or
similar business trust or partnership, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets
in excess of $5,000,000.
7.
A trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the
securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as described in Rule 506(b)(2)(ii) of the Securities
Act.
8.
An entity in which all of the equity owners are accredited investors.
BUSINESS CONSULTING SERVICES AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT 10.24
This Business Consulting Services Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into effective as of May 29, 2014 (the
“Effective Date”) by and between Aspen Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and AEK Consulting
LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (the “Consultant”). Each of the Company and the Consultant are hereinafter
a “Party” and collectively the “Parties.”
WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain the services of the Consultant and the Consultant is desirous and willing
to accept such service arrangement and render such services, all upon and subject to the terms and conditions contained in
this Agreement,
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual covenants set forth in this Agreement, and
intending to be legally bound, the Company and the Consultant agree as follows:
1.
Engagement. The Company hereby engages and retains the Consultant and the Consultant hereby agrees
to render services upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
2.
Term. This Agreement shall be for a term commencing on the Effective Date and terminating 18 months
after the Effective Date (the “Term”), unless sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.
3.
Services. During the Term, the Consultant shall act as a strategic advisor providing educational, business
and financial advice services to the Company (the “Services”). Without limiting the foregoing, the Services shall include
the following:
(a)
negotiating with institutional lenders and others to effect a recapitalization of the Company;
(b)
negotiating with Hillair Capital Investments L.P. to modify, on terms more favorable to the Company,
the Company’s $2,240,000 Original Issue Discount Secured Convertible Debenture, dated as of
September 25, 2013 (the “Hillair Debenture”);
(c)
advice relating to expanding Aspen University’s curricular offerings and promoting its business.
The Consultant shall devote up to 20 hours per month. The Consultant shall use its best efforts to perform the
Services pursuant to this Agreement competently, carefully, faithfully and shall devote sufficient time and energies
necessary to perform the Services. The Consultant’s Services shall be performed on a non-exclusive basis, but may not be
performed during the Term,
whether directly or indirectly, for any direct competitor of the Company or its subsidiary. For the avoidance of doubt, a
direct competitor shall be deemed to be any online university or Internet-based postsecondary education company or the
providing of any services to a college or university relating to online education.
4.
Compensation/Expenses.
(a)
Cash Compensation. In consideration for the Services to be rendered by the Consultant under this
Agreement, the Company shall pay the Consultant a sum equal to $120,000 (the “Cash Compensation”). Payment to the
Consultant of the Cash Compensation shall become due upon the earlier of the occurrence of one of the following:
the Company completes its recapitalization and modifies the terms of the Hillair Debenture, which
(i)
modification shall not include effecting any subordination of the Hillair Debenture; or
the Company raises, subsequent to the Effective Date, at least $3 million of gross proceeds in a public or
(ii)
private equity offering.
(b)
Equity Compensation. 800,000 Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”), vesting every three months in
six equal increments (with fractions rounded up initially and then down) over an 18-month period provided that on each
applicable vesting date (x) Andrew Kaplan continues to serve as a director of the Company and (y) either of the two
provisions in Section 4(a) shall have occurred. Provided further that if on an applicable vesting date clause (x) has not
been met but clause (y) is met within the 18 month term, the earlier three month service provisions shall be deemed to
have been met. Provided, however, that in lieu of the quarterly vesting, all RSUs shall vest earlier if the threshold in
Section 4(b)(iii) is met. Provided, however, if there is a Change of Control of the Company as defined by the 2012 Equity
Incentive Plan, all RSUs shall immediately vest. The RSUs shall be delivered on the earlier of (i) November 30, 2015,
(ii) a Change of Control of the Company, or (iii) if the average closing price of the Company’s Common Stock is at least
$0.50 over a 10 trading day period (subject to adjustment for stock splits, combinations and similar events).
(c)
Expenses. In addition to any compensation received under this Section 4, the Company shall
reimburse the Consultant for all reasonable travel, lodging, meals, and other prior approved out-of-pocket expenses
incurred or paid by the Consultant in connection with the performance of its Services under this Agreement; provided,
however, any such expenses over $250 shall be approved by the Company in writing in advance. All other expenditures
shall be the sole responsibility of the Consultant.
5.
Independent Contractor Relationship; Appointment to Board of Directors.
(a)
The Consultant acknowledges that it is an independent contractor and that no employee of the
Consultant shall be considered an employee of the Company. The Consultant acknowledges that it is not the legal
representative or agent of the Company, nor does it have the power to obligate the Company, for any purpose other than
specifically provided in this Agreement.
2
(b)
The Company shall carry no worker’s compensation insurance or any health or accident insurance
(b)
The Company shall carry no worker’s compensation insurance or any health or accident insurance
to cover the Consultant or its employees. The Company shall not pay contributions to social security, unemployment
insurance, federal or state withholding taxes, nor provide any other contributions or benefits, which might be expected in
an employer-employee relationship. Neither the Consultant nor its employees shall be entitled to medical coverage, life
insurance or to participation in any current or future Company pension plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Andrew
Kaplan, while serving on the Company’s Board of Directors, shall be eligible for any and all benefits provided by the
Company to its directors.
(c)
The Company shall issue the Consultant a Form 1099 for all payments made hereunder. All taxes,
withholding and the like on any and all amounts paid under this Agreement shall be the Consultant’s responsibility. The
Consultant agrees that it shall indemnify and hold the Company, its affiliates, and agents, harmless from and against any
judgments, fines, costs, or fees associated with such payments hereunder.
(d)
In connection with the execution of this Agreement, the Company shall appoint Andrew Kaplan to
serve on the Board of Directors of the Company within seven days of the effective date.
6.
Termination.
(a)
In the event of a material default under this Agreement by either party, the other party may
terminate this Agreement if such default is not cured within 10 days following delivery of written notice specifying and
detailing the default complained of and demanding its cure. Notwithstanding the preceding, in the event of a violation by
the Consultant of Section 7, the Company may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice to the
Consultant.
(b)
Upon termination of this Agreement, the Company shall reimburse the Consultant for any
reasonable expenses previously incurred for which the Consultant had not been reimbursed prior to the effective date of
termination, provided that the requirements of Section 4(c) have been satisfied. Any and all other rights granted to the
Consultant under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of such termination.
7.
Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information.
(a)
including recruiting
techniques, designs, drawings, know-how, show-how,
Confidential Information. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, trade secrets as
defined by the common law and statutes in New York or any future New York statute, processes, policies, procedures,
techniques
information,
specifications, computer software and source code, information and data relating to the development, research, testing,
costs, marketing and uses of the Company’s products and services, the Company’s budgets and strategic plans, and the
identity and special needs of students, databases, data, all technology relating to the Company’s businesses, systems,
methods of operation, student lists, student information, solicitation leads, marketing and advertising materials, methods
and manuals and forms, all of which pertain to the activities or operations of the Company, names, home addresses and all
telephone numbers and e-mail addresses of the Company’s employees, former employees, clients and former clients. In
technical
3
addition, Confidential Information also includes the identity of students and the identity of and telephone numbers, e-
mail addresses and other addresses of employees or agents of students who are the persons with whom the Company’s
employees and agents communicate in the ordinary course of business. For purposes of this Agreement, the following
will not constitute Confidential Information (i) information which is or subsequently becomes generally available to the
public through no act or omission of the Consultant, (ii) information set forth in the written records of the Consultant
prior to disclosure to the Consultant by or on behalf of the Company, which information is given to the Company in
writing as of or prior to the date of this Agreement, and (iii) information which is lawfully obtained by the Consultant in
writing from a third party (excluding any affiliates of the Consultant) who was legally entitled to disclose the
information.
(b)
Legitimate Business Interests. The Consultant recognizes that the Company has legitimate
business interests to protect and as a consequence, the Consultant agrees to the restrictions contained in this Agreement
because they further the Company’s legitimate business interests. These legitimate business interests include, but are not
limited to (i) trade secrets and valuable confidential business or professional information that otherwise does not qualify
as trade secrets, including all Confidential Information; (ii) substantial relationships with specific prospective or existing
students; (iii) student goodwill associated with the Company’s business; and (iv) specialized training relating to the
Company’s business, technology, methods and procedures.
(c)
Confidentiality. The Confidential Information shall be held by the Consultant in the strictest
confidence and shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, be disclosed to any person other than in
connection with the Consultant’s Services to the Company. The Consultant further acknowledges that such Confidential
Information as is acquired and used by the Company is a special, valuable and unique asset. The Consultant shall exercise
all due and diligence precautions to protect the integrity of the Company’s Confidential Information and to keep it
confidential whether it is in written form, on electronic media or oral. The Consultant shall not copy any Confidential
Information except to the extent necessary to perform its Services hereunder nor remove any Confidential Information or
copies thereof from the Company’s premises except to the extent necessary to provide its Services and then only with the
authorization of an officer of the Company. All records, files, materials and other Confidential Information obtained by
the Consultant in the course of its Services to the Company are confidential and proprietary and shall remain the
exclusive property of the Company or its students, as the case may be. The Consultant shall not, except in connection with
and as required by its performance of the Services under this Agreement, for any reason use for his own benefit or the
benefit of any person or entity with which he may be associated or disclose any such Confidential Information to any
person, firm, corporation, association or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever without the prior written
consent of an officer of the Company.
(d)
Prior Approval. Neither Party shall issue any public statements or press release concerning this
Agreement or the Parties’ relationship without the other Party’s prior approval unless otherwise required by law.
8.
Equitable Relief. The Company and the Consultant recognize that the Services to be rendered under this
Agreement by the Consultant are special, unique and of extraordinary character, and that in the event of the breach by the
Consultant of the terms and conditions of this
4
Agreement or if the Consultant shall cease to provide the Services to the Company for any reason and take any action in
violation of Section 7, the Company shall be entitled to institute and prosecute proceedings in any court of competent
jurisdiction to enjoin the Consultant from breaching the provisions of Section 7. In such action, the Company shall not be
required to plead or prove irreparable harm or lack of an adequate remedy at law or post a bond or any security.
9.
Survival. Sections 7, 8 and 12 through 18 shall survive termination of this Agreement.
10.
Assignability. The rights and obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit
of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company. This Agreement may not be assigned by the
Consultant without the prior written consent of the Company and any attempt to do so shall be void.
11.
Severability.
If any provision of this Agreement otherwise is deemed to be invalid or unenforceable or
is prohibited by the laws of the state or jurisdiction where it is to be performed, this Agreement shall be considered
divisible as to such provision and such provision shall be inoperative in such state or jurisdiction and shall not be part of
the consideration moving from either of the Parties to the other. The remaining provisions of this Agreement shall be
valid and binding and of like effect as though such provisions were not included. If any restriction set forth in this
Agreement is deemed unreasonable in scope, it is the Parties’ intent that it shall be construed in such a manner as to
impose only those restrictions that are reasonable in light of the circumstances and as are necessary to assure the Company
the benefits of this Agreement.
12.
Notices and Addresses. All notices, offers, acceptance and any other acts under this Agreement (except
payment) shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if delivered to the addressees in person, by FedEx or similar
overnight delivery, as follows:
If to the Company:
With a copy to:
If to the Consultant:
Aspen Group, Inc.
224 W. 30th Street, Suite 604
New York, NY 10001
Attention: Michael Mathews, CEO
Email: michael.mathews@aspen.edu
Nason, Yeager, Gerson, White & Lioce, P.A.
1645 Palm Beach Lakes Blvd., Suite 1200
West Palm Beach, FL 33401
Attention: Michael D. Harris, Esq.
Email: mharris@nasonyeager.com
AEK Consulting LLC
82 Druid Hill Road
Summit, NJ 07901
Email: andy@panix.com
5
or to such other address as either of them, by notice to the other may designate from time to time. Time shall be counted
to, or from, as the case may be, the delivery in person or by mailing.
13.
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be
deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The execution of this
Agreement may be by actual, facsimile or pdf signature.
14.
Governing Law. All claims relating to or arising out of this Agreement, or the breach thereof, whether
sounding in contract, tort, or otherwise, shall also be governed by the laws of the State of New York without regard to
choice of law considerations.
15.
Exclusive Jurisdiction and Venue. Any action brought by either party against the other concerning the
transactions contemplated by or arising under this Agreement shall be brought only in the state or federal courts of New
York and venue shall be in New York County or the Southern District of New York. The Parties to this Agreement
hereby irrevocably waive any objection to jurisdiction and venue of any action instituted hereunder and shall not assert
any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue or based upon forum non conveniens.
16.
Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes
all prior oral and written agreements between the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. Neither this
Agreement nor any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, except by a statement in
writing signed by the party or Parties against whom enforcement or the change, waiver discharge or termination is
sought.
17.
Additional Documents. The Parties hereto shall execute such additional instruments as may be
reasonably required by their counsel in order to carry out the purpose and intent of this Agreement and to fulfill the
obligations of the Parties hereunder.
18.
Section and Paragraph Headings. The section and paragraph headings in this Agreement are for
reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
[Signature Page to Follow]
6
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Consultant have executed this Agreement as of the date
written above.
(Print)
(Print)
COMPANY:
ASPEN GROUP, INC.
By:
/s/ Michael Mathews
Michael Mathews, CEO
CONSULTANT:
AEK CONSULTING LLC
By:
/s/ Andrew Kaplan
Andrew Kaplan
7
EXHIBIT 10.32
Aspen Group, Inc.
224 West 30th Street, Suite 604
New York, New York 10001
December 17, 2013
Dear Warrant Holder:
We are writing to you as the holder of warrants to purchase shares of Aspen Group, Inc. (the “Company”). In order to
raise capital to continue growing the Company’s business and eliminate the negative affect on the Company’s financial
statements which will be caused by the anti-dilution price protection provisions (“PP Provisions”) contained in some of our
outstanding warrants, we are offering our warrant holders a reduced exercise price and additional shares of common stock
upon exercise if they exercise their warrants now. If you exercise your warrants at any time through January 15, 2014 (the
“Offer End Date”) and waive all of the PP Provisions as to all securities of the Company that you beneficially own (except
those which are applicable to all holders of outstanding capital stock such as stock splits and dividends), the Company will
reduce the exercise price of your warrant to $0.19 per share and issue you 125% of the shares underlying your exercised
warrants.
You may exercise your warrants by signing below and emailing this executed letter to my attention (email address
provided below) by 5:00 p.m. on the Offer End Date. This offer is contingent upon the Company receiving notice from
warrant holders exercising $1,000,000 of warrants (the “Minimum Notice”) by the Offer End Date. The Company’s legal
counsel will act as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”) and will hold your original warrant and good funds until the earlier of
the receipt of: (i) the receipt of the Minimum Notice and (ii) the Offer End Date. The Escrow Agent’s wire instructions are
attached as Exhibit A and address to mail your original warrants. If the Minimum Notice is not received by the Offer End
Date, your original warrants and funds will be returned to you without deduction or interest. The Escrow Agent must receive
your good funds and original warrant by 5:00 p.m. on January 20, 2014.
If you have any questions, please call me at (______) _____-_____ or email me at ____________@aspen.edu.
Sincerely yours,
Michael Mathews
Chief Executive Officer
I hereby agree to exercise all of my warrants and agree to waive all of the PP Provisions as to all securities of the Company
that I beneficially own (except those which are applicable to all holders of outstanding capital stock such as stock splits and
dividends):
By:
Aspen Group, Inc.
224 West 30th Street, Suite 604
New York, New York 10001
January 17, 2014
Dear Warrant Holder:
Please be advised that Aspen Group, Inc. has extended the warrant conversion offering deadline to January 21, 2014, as a
result of three warrant holders executing their agreements after the January 15, 2014 deadline. In addition, Aspen Group,
Inc.’s Board of Directors has approved the removal of the $1 million minimum exercise amount.
Aspen Group must receive your original warrants and good funds by 5:00 p.m. on January 24, 2014. If you have any
questions, please call me at (____) __________ or email me at ______________@aspen.edu.
Sincerely yours,
Michael Mathews
Chief Executive Officer
I hereby agree to exercise all of my warrants and agree to waive all of the PP Provisions as to all securities of Aspen Group
that I beneficially own (except those which are applicable to all holders of outstanding capital stock such as stock splits and
dividends):
By:
EXHIBIT 10.33
Aspen Group, Inc.
720 South Colorado Blvd.
Suite 1150N
Denver, Colorado 80246
July 10, 2014
___________________
___________________
___________________
___________________
Re: Exercise of Warrants and Options
Dear ___________:
This letter agreement (the “Agreement”) makes reference to certain rights granted to you as a holder of certain
convertible notes, warrants and/or options to purchase shares of common stock of Aspen Group, Inc. (the “Company”).
Pursuant to this Agreement, and in consideration of the Company selling common stock with 50% warrant
coverage at $0.155 per share (each five-year warrant exercisable at $0.19 per share), in a new private placement, you
hereby agree that you will not exercise your rights to purchase, pursuant to the warrants and/or options, any shares of
common stock of the Company or convert your notes until such time as the Company informs you that the Company’s
Certificate of Incorporation has been amended so that there is sufficient authorized capital to permit the exercise and
conversion of all outstanding convertible notes, warrants, options and other derivative securities of the Company.
If the Company has not closed this private placement by August 31, 2014, this Agreement is null and void and not
enforceable.
Sincerely yours,
Michael Mathews, Chief Executive Officer
[Signatures continue on following page.]
AGREED:
____________________________
____________________________
____________________________
EXHIBIT 10.34
Aspen Group, Inc.
224 West 30th Street, Suite 604
New York, New York 10001
March 12, 2014
Via Email: michael.matte@aspen.edu
Mr. Michael Matte
3911 Ocean Drive
Singer Island, FL 33418
Re:
Future Consulting Services
Dear Mike:
This Consulting Agreement is being executed in conjunction with a General Release and Termination Agreement
through which you have resigned as an Officer and employee of Aspen Group, Inc. (the “Company”) and Aspen
University Inc. (“Aspen University”).
We agree that effective November 1, 2014, you will become a part-time consultant to the Company. Your
services will be provided through your consulting company, Matte Holdings, Inc. Your services will consist of
responding to questions presented to you by email or telephone call from attorneys at Nason, Yeager, Gerson, White &
Lioce, P.A. (“Nason Yeager”), the Company’s Chief Financial Officer or the Company’s auditors. You shall be required
to provide an answer to the best of your recollection within three business days of the request, which may be written or
oral. The questions presented to you shall only relate to the business of the Company and Aspen University during the
period that you were an employee as well as information relating to the ongoing Patrick Spada litigation that came to
your attention while you were an employee. You shall not be required to testify in such litigation but, if you are
subpoenaed by any party, the Company shall compensate you at the rate of $1,000 per day of testimony (or portion of a
day), which sums shall be payable on a daily basis in advance.
For your services as a part-time consultant to the Company and Aspen University, the Company agrees to pay you
the sum of $150,000, payable as set forth below. On November 3, 2014, Irwin Gilbert, P.A. shall wire transfer to Matte
Holdings, Inc. the sum of $90,000, provided that you have provided wire transfer instructions to it. On February 2, 2015,
Irwin Gilbert, P.A. Yarnell shall wire transfer to you the balance of the $60,000 to Matte Holdings, Inc. The sums paid
shall not be subject to repayment, except if you willfully refuse to respond to the questions provided above and you are
given five business days’ notice in writing that you have been alleged to have not provided answers and you do not
provide such answers within the five business days thereafter. For clarity, the payment of these sums is not dependent
upon the
Company having need of your services or calling upon you to answer questions. The Company acknowledges that
adequate consideration has been received, including your agreement to make yourself available to consult as needed if
needed.
The Company agrees to make the following payments for the benefit of Michael Matte:
Payment Due Date
March 12, 2014
April 1, 2014
May 1, 2014
June 2, 2014
July 1, 2014
August 1, 2014
Payment Amount
$10,000.00
$10,000.00
$10,000.00
$10,000.00
$10,000.00
$10,000.00
Payment Due Date
September 1, 2014
October 1, 2014
November 3, 2014
December 1, 2014
January 2, 2015
February 2, 2015
Payment Amount
$10,000.00
$10,000.00
$10,000.00
$20,000.00
$20,000.00
$20,000.00
All payments shall be by wire transfer to “Irwin R. Gilbert, P.A. Trust Account in accordance with the attached wire
transfer instructions.
Consequence of Default. The Company acknowledges its obligation to pay the sum of $150,000.00 to Michael
Matte. As an accommodation, the parties have agreed that the payment shall be accomplished according to the schedule
set forth immediately above. All wire transfers must be completed so that funds are irrevocably released into the Irwin R.
Gilbert, P.A. Trust Account no later than 12:01 P.M. on the next banking business day after the payment is due. If the
Company fails to do so, you may give written notice to it by email to mike@aspen.edu. Any failure to cure the noon
payment within three business days (or such longer period as banks in the City of New york are not open for business)
shall be a default. A default shall result in the following: (i) an immediate acceleration of the debt so that all unmade
payments shall be immediately due and owing; (ii) Michael Matte shall be entitled to a judgment by consent which may
be entered at his discretion in either or both, New York County Supreme Court, New York and/or Palm Beach County
Circuit Court, Palm Beach County, Florida.
If the foregoing is acceptable to you, please execute a copy in the place indicated below and email it to me.
Very truly yours,
Michael Mathews
Chief Executive Officer
ACKNOWLEDGED and AGREED:
______________________________
Michael Matte
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
I, Michael Mathews, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Aspen Group, Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to
the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange
Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
a)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to
be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
b)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and
c)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
d)
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the
equivalent functions):
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;
and
a)
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
Date: July 29, 2014
/s/ Michael Mathews
Michael Mathews
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
I, Janet Gill, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Aspen Group, Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to
the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange
Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
a)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to
be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
b)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and
c)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
d)
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the
equivalent functions):
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;
and
a)
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
Date: July 29, 2014
/s/ Janet Gill
Janet Gill
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Exhibit 32.1
In connection with the annual report of Aspen Group, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2014, as filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, I, Michael Mathews, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted
pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:
1.
2.
The annual report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
The information contained in the annual report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company.
/s/ Michael Mathews
Michael Mathews
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
Dated: July 29, 2014
In connection with the annual report of Aspen Group, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2014,
as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, I, Janet Gill, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted
pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:
1.
2.
The annual report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
The information contained in the annual report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company.
/s/ Janet Gill
Janet Gill
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
Dated: July 29, 2014